Document:

EX-10.10

 Exhibit 10.10 
  

 
  

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
July 20, 2016 
  
  

VALVOLINE FINCO TWO LLC, 
 ASHLAND
INC., 
 as a Guarantor, 
 U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
  

 
  

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		 	ARTICLE I	  			
			
		 	DEFINITIONS	  			
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	36	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	37	  
	 Section 1.04
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	38	  
			
		 	ARTICLE II	  			
			
		 	THE NOTES	  			
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	Form and Dating; Terms	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	41	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	41	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	Holder Lists	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	55	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	56	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	Treasury Notes	  	 	56	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	56	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	Cancellation	  	 	57	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	57	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	CUSIP or ISIN Numbers	  	 	57	  
	 Section 2.14
	 	Additional Interest	  	 	58	  
	 Section 2.15
	 	Benefits of Indenture	  	 	58	  
			
		 	ARTICLE III	  			
			
		 	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  			
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	58	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed	  	 	58	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	59	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	60	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	60	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	60	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	Special Mandatory Redemption	  	 	61	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	61	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	Offers to Purchase; Acquisition of Notes	  	 	62	  

  
 i 

							
			
		 	ARTICLE IV	  			
			
		 	COVENANTS	  			
			
	Section 4.01	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	62	  
	Section 4.02	 	Reports and Other Information	  	 	62	  
	Section 4.03	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	64	  
	Section 4.04	 	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.05	 	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.06	 	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.07	 	Restricted Payments	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.08	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	71	  
	Section 4.09	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	 	74	  
	Section 4.10	 	Asset Sales	  	 	81	  
	Section 4.11	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	84	  
	Section 4.12	 	Liens	  	 	86	  
	Section 4.13	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	86	  
	Section 4.14	 	Covenant Suspension	  	 	88	  
	Section 4.15	 	Compliance with Ashland Indenture	  	 	90	  
			
		 	ARTICLE V	  			
			
		 	SUCCESSORS	  			
			
	Section 5.01	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets	  	 	90	  
	Section 5.02	 	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	92	  
			
		 	ARTICLE VI	  			
			
		 	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
	Section 6.01	 	Events of Default	  	 	93	  
	Section 6.02	 	Acceleration	  	 	94	  
	Section 6.03	 	Other Remedies	  	 	95	  
	Section 6.04	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	96	  
	Section 6.05	 	Control by Majority	  	 	96	  
	Section 6.06	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	96	  
	Section 6.07	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	97	  
	Section 6.08	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	97	  
	Section 6.09	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	97	  
	Section 6.10	 	Priorities	  	 	97	  
	Section 6.11	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	97	  
	Section 6.12	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	97	  

  
 ii 

					
		 	ARTICLE VII	  	
			
		 	TRUSTEE	  	
	Section 7.01	 	Duties of Trustee	  	98
	Section 7.02	 	Rights of Trustee	  	99
	Section 7.03	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	101
	Section 7.04	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	101
	Section 7.05	 	Notice of Defaults	  	101
	Section 7.06	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	101
	Section 7.07	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	101
	Section 7.08	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	102
	Section 7.09	 	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	103
	Section 7.10	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	104
	Section 7.11	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company and Guarantors	  	104
			
		 	ARTICLE VIII	  	
			
		 	 LEGAL DEFEASANCE, COVENANT DEFEASANCE

AND SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	
			
	Section 8.01	 	Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	104
	Section 8.02	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	104
	Section 8.03	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	105
	Section 8.04	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	105
	Section 8.05	 	Deposited Money and Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	106
	Section 8.06	 	Repayment to the Company	  	107
	Section 8.07	 	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	107
	Section 8.08	 	Reinstatement	  	108
			
		 	ARTICLE IX	  	
			
		 	AMENDMENTS	  	
			
	Section 9.01	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	108
	Section 9.02	 	With Consent of Holders	  	109
	Section 9.03	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	110
	Section 9.04	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	111
	Section 9.05	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	111
	Section 9.06	 	Payment for Consent	  	111

  
 iii 

							
		 	ARTICLE X	  			
			
		 	GUARANTEES	  			
			
	Section 10.01	 	Guarantees	  	 	111	  
	Section 10.02	 	Limitation on Liability	  	 	113	  
	Section 10.03	 	Releases	  	 	113	  
	Section 10.04	 	Successors and Assigns	  	 	114	  
	Section 10.05	 	No Waiver	  	 	114	  
	Section 10.06	 	Additional Guarantees	  	 	115	  
	Section 10.07	 	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors	  	 	115	  
	Section 10.08	 	Non-Impairment	  	 	115	  
	Section 10.09	 	Benefits Acknowledged	  	 	115	  
			
		 	ARTICLE XI	  			
			
		 	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	Section 11.01	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	115	  
	Section 11.02	 	Notices	  	 	115	  
	Section 11.03	 	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	  	 	116	  
	Section 11.04	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	116	  
	Section 11.05	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	116	  
	Section 11.06	 	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	117	  
	Section 11.07	 	Legal Holidays	  	 	117	  
	Section 11.08	 	Governing Law	  	 	117	  
	Section 11.09	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	117	  
	Section 11.10	 	Successors	  	 	117	  
	Section 11.11	 	Multiple Originals; Electronic Signatures	  	 	117	  
	Section 11.12	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	117	  
	Section 11.13	 	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	118	  
	Section 11.14	 	Severability	  	 	118	  
	Section 11.15	 	Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue	  	 	118	  
			
		 	ARTICLE XII	  			
			
		 	THE TRANSACTIONS	  			
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	The Assumption	  	 	118	  

  

			
	EXHIBIT A	  	Form of Note
		
	EXHIBIT B	  	Form of Certificate of Transfer
		
	EXHIBIT C	  	Form of Certificate of Exchange
		
	EXHIBIT D	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture for Additional Subsidiary Guarantors

  
 iv 

			
		
	EXHIBIT E	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture for Valvoline Inc. and Certain Subsidiary Guarantors

  
 v 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	310(a)(1)	  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	  	7.10
	      (b)	  	7.10
	310(b)(1)	  	7.10
	      (c)	  	N.A.
	311(a)	  	7.11
	      (b)	  	7.11
	312(a)	  	2.04
	      (b)	  	11.03
	      (c)	  	11.03
	313(a)	  	7.06
	      (b)(1)	  	N.A.
	      (b)(2)	  	7.06
	      (c)	  	7.06, 11.02
	      (d)	  	7.06
	314(a)	  	4.02, 4.03, 11.02
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)(1)	  	7.02, 11.04, 11.05
	      (c)(2)	  	7.02, 11.04, 11.05
	      (c)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (d)	  	N.A.
	      (e)	  	11.05
	      (f)	  	N.A.
	315(a)	  	7.01(b), 7.02(a)
	      (b)	  	7.05, 11.02
	      (c)	  	7.01
	      (d)	  	6.05, 7.01(c)
	      (e)	  	6.11
	316(a) (last sentence)	  	2.11
	      (a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
	      (a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
	      (a)(2)	  	N.A.
	      (b)	  	6.07
	      (c)	  	9.03
	317(a)(1)	  	6.08
	      (a)(2)	  	6.09
	      (b)	  	2.05

  

	* 	N.A. means not applicable. 

	* 	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

  
 vi 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	318(a)	  	11.01
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)	  	11.01

  
 vii 

 INDENTURE dated as of July 20, 2016, among VALVOLINE FINCO TWO LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (“Finco Two”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ASHLAND INC., a Kentucky corporation (“Ashland”), Ashland, each of the Company’s (as defined below) subsidiaries that becomes a Guarantor pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the term “the Company” refers only to Finco Two prior to the Contribution (as defined herein) and Assumption (as
defined herein), and to Valvoline Inc., a Kentucky corporation (“Valvoline”), after consummation of the Contribution and Assumption, and not to any of their respective Subsidiaries (as defined herein) or Affiliates (as defined
herein). 
 WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of (a) $375,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.500%
Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Initial Notes”) and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) in a Registered Exchange Offer (as defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes or
otherwise registered under the Securities Act (as defined herein) and issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto, the Company’s 5.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes and any
Additional Notes, the “Notes”). The Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to
purchase. 
 WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, Ashland and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of
the Holders (as defined herein). 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.01 Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“100% Spin-off Transaction” means the distribution by Ashland Global of all shares of common stock of Valvoline held by
Ashland Global to holders of Ashland Global’s common stock. 
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of
Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the Outstanding principal
amount of Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified
Person, 

  
 1 

 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or
into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Notes” means any additional notes issued by the Company having the same terms as the Notes, except for the public
offering price and the issue date and, if applicable, the initial interest accrual date and the initial Interest Payment Date. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this Indenture, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent and Custodian. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any date of redemption, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the then Outstanding principal amount (1) of such Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note
at July 15, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.08(b) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through July 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then Outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption, tender or exchange of or for beneficial interests in
any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Ashland Chemco” means Ashland Chemco Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Ashland Chemco Internal Spin-Off” means the distribution by Valvoline of the shares of Ashland Chemco, a newly formed entity
that will ultimately be the direct parent of Ashland, to Ashland Global, such that Ashland Global holds the Valvoline Business exclusively through Valvoline and Ashland Global holds Ashland and the Chemicals Business exclusively through Ashland
Chemco. 
 “Ashland Global” means Ashland Global Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

  
 2 

 “Ashland Guarantee” means the Guarantee of the Notes by Ashland pursuant to
Article X. 
 “Ashland Reorganization” means the reorganization of Ashland, Valvoline and their respective subsidiaries
under a new public holding company, Ashland Global. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; 
 in each case, other than:

 (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, obsolete or worn-out property or equipment in the
ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business; 

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to
Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (c) the making of
any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07; 
 (d) any
disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25.0 million; 

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (f) to the
extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business or to the extent
required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between joint venture parties set forth in any joint venture or similar binding agreement; 

  
 3 

 (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other
securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action with respect to assets or
the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (j) any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or
construction of property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions, and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture; 

(k) (i) the licensing and sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice and (ii) a grant of a license to use the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s patents, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property to the extent that such license does not limit
in any material respect the licensor’s use of the patent, trade secret, know-how or other intellectual property in the Company’s business; 

(l) the sale, discount or other disposition of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of
business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable; 
 (m) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or
the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (n)
any contribution, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Special Purpose Entity as part of, pursuant to or in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and 

(o) any disposition of assets effected pursuant to the Transactions. 

“Assumption” means, subject to satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 12.01, the merger of Finco Two with
and into Valvoline, with Valvoline as the surviving corporation, and whereby Valvoline will assume the obligations of Finco Two under this Indenture and the Notes; 

“Assumption Date” means the date of the consummation of the Assumption. 

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, but without duplication, (a) in respect of any Capitalized Lease
Obligation of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the
remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or
instrument were accounted for as a Capitalized Lease Obligation and (c) all Synthetic Debt of such Person. 
 “Bankruptcy
Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors or other relevant law in any jurisdiction of competent authority for the 

  
 4 

 
relief of debtors relating to moratorium, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, examinership or reorganization or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such
law. 
 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, and, with
respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person, serving a similar function. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company to have
been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company, including by an authorized officer, and to be in full force and effect on the date of the certificate, and delivered to the
Trustee. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Calculation Date” means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio,
Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, shall occur. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation (including,
without limitation, quotas) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or
instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof; 

  
 5 

 (2) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’
acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a lender under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking
subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated
as described in clause (3) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; 

(3) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any State of the United States and rated at least
“Prime-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; 

(4) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in
money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are
limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this definition; 

(5) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause
(1) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (2) above; and 

(6) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments which are similar to the items specified in subsections (1) through
(5) of this definition made in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one
of the following: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all
of the property and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or 

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act,
proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring,
holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, transfer, conveyance or
other business combination or purchase of ultimate beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Company, other than by virtue of (a) the imposition of one or more holding 

  
 6 

 
companies (including in connection with a business combination and regardless of whether any such holding company has other assets) or (b) the reincorporation of the Company in another
jurisdiction, if in the case of either (a) or (b) the beneficial owners of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction directly or indirectly hold a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such holding
company or reincorporation entity immediately thereafter. 
 For the purposes of this definition, the term “Person” shall be
defined as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act and the term “beneficial owner” shall be defined as that term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. 

For the avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the Transactions shall not constitute a Change of Control. 

“Chemicals Business” means Ashland’s specialty ingredients and performance materials businesses. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, SA, and any successor thereto. 

“Company” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. 

“Company Order” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by an Officer. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of
depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to any Qualified Securitization Transaction or a Receivables Facility and amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, including the
amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding, in each case, amortization expense attributable to a prepaid
cash item that was paid in a prior period). 
 “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of the Calculation
Date, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured on a first priority basis as of such date of determination less Unrestricted Cash of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
as of such date of determination (in each case, determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such
Calculation Date) to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four fiscal quarter period ending immediately prior to such determination date for which internal financial statements are available. For
purposes of determining the “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided for in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 “Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, the sum of, without duplication (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations (as calculated under GAAP), whether 

  
 7 

 
current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations in respect of the Indebtedness hereunder), reimbursement obligations for amounts drawn under letters of credit and all obligations
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) all direct (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not contingent) obligations arising under bankers’ acceptances and bank guaranties, (c) all
Attributable Indebtedness, and (d) without duplication, all guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (c) above of Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
For purposes hereof, the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall include any of the items in clauses (a) through (d) above of any other entity (including any partnership in which the Company or any
consolidated Subsidiary is a general partner) to the extent the Company or such consolidated Subsidiary is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms
of that item expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For all purposes hereunder, Consolidated Indebtedness shall (i) be calculated on a pro forma basis unless otherwise specified and (ii) include all outstandings
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any Receivables Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness included in Consolidated Indebtedness issued with original issue discount
shall be the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Indebtedness shall be deemed incurred only as
of the date of original issuance thereof. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, as of any date of determination for any
period, the excess of (a) the sum, without duplication, of 
 (i) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees,
charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, 

(ii) cash payments made in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(ii) below, 

(iii) the portion of rent expense under Capitalized Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in
each case, of or by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such determination date, 
 (iv)
all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with a Receivables Facility, 

(v) solely for the purpose of determining the ability to incur Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a), any interest expense of
Indebtedness of another Person guaranteed by such Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as reasonably determined by such Person or one or more of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable (which determination shall be conclusive)) and 

  
 8 

 (vi) whether or not treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP, all cash
dividends or other distributions accrued (excluding dividends payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company) on any series of Disqualified Stock or any series of Preferred Stock during such period, 

minus 
 (b) to
the extent included in such consolidated interest expense at such determination date, the sum, without duplication, of 
 (i)
extinguishment charges relating to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under Swap Contracts, 
 (ii)
noncash amounts attributable to the amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind, 
 (iii) noncash
amounts attributable to amortization or write-off of capitalized interest or other financing costs paid in a previous period, 

(iv) interest income treated as such in accordance with GAAP and 

(v) fees and expenses, original issue discount and upfront fees, in each case of or by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such determination data. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, as of any date of
determination, the net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period (determined on a pro forma basis for any period of time prior to the Assumption Date as if the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries owned the Valvoline Business during such period of time); provided that Consolidated Net Income shall exclude: 

(1) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of
Section 4.07(a) the net income of any Subsidiary during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its
organizational documents or any agreement, instrument or law applicable to such Subsidiary during such period (unless such restrictions on dividends or similar distributions have been legally and effectively waived), except that the Company’s
equity in any net loss of any such Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income; 

(2) any after-tax income (or after-tax loss) for such period of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary,
except that the Company’s equity in such income of any such Person for such period shall be included in Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (and in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted 

  
 9 

 
Subsidiary is not precluded from further distributing such amount to the Company as described in clause (a) of this proviso); 

(3) any after-tax gain or after-tax loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles or
the implementation of new accounting standards related to revenue and lease accounting; 
 (4) any after-tax gain or
after-tax loss attributable to any foreign currency hedging arrangements or currency fluctuations; 
 (5) after-tax
extinguishment charges relating to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness and obligations under Swap Contracts and after-tax extinguishment charges relating to upfront fees and original issue discount on Indebtedness; 

(6) any pension or other post-retirement after-tax gain or after-tax expense for such determination date; provided that
Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the amount of any cash payments at such determination date relating to pension and other post-retirement costs (except for any payments made in respect of the pension funding in excess of the amount of
required regulatory contributions at such determination date (as reasonably determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive)); and 

(7) any gains or losses or other financial impact from any restructuring related to, connected with, or in any way arising from
the Transactions. 
 “Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the
Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination less Unrestricted Cash of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (in each case, determined after giving
pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four fiscal quarter period ending immediately prior to such determination date for which internal financial statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Consolidated Net Leverage
Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided for in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends
or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any
obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property
constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 

  
 10 

 (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or
services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Contribution” means the transfer by Ashland to Valvoline of substantially all of the historical assets and liabilities
related to the Valvoline Business, as well as other assets and liabilities, as part of the previously announced reorganization of Ashland, and as described in the Offering Memorandum. 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities,
including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit or other long-term
indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and
any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility
or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers
or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, investor or group of lenders. 
 “Custodian”
means (other than as used and defined in Article VI) the Trustee, as custodian with respect to any Notes in global form. 
 “Debtor
Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar
debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

  
 11 

 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash
consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation,
executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than
Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to an
Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a). 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms
of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale and other than
redeemable for Capital Stock of such Person that is not itself Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or
asset sale and other than redeemable for Capital Stock of such Person that is not itself Disqualified Stock), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date of the Notes; provided, however,
that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to
be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
 “Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a (a) direct or
indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company or (b) Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or its successors. 

“EBITDA” means, as of any date of determination for any period, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus 
 (1) proceeds of business interruption insurance received during such period, but only to the extent not included in
Consolidated Net Income plus 
 (2) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, but
without duplication and in each case at such determination date: 
 (i) Consolidated Interest Expense; 

  
 12 

 (ii) the provision for federal, State, local and foreign income taxes payable;

 (iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense; 

(iv) asset impairment charges; 

(v) expenses reimbursed by third parties (including through insurance and indemnity payments); 

(vi) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, any Receivables Facility, any proposed or actual issuance
of any Indebtedness or Equity Interests (including upfront fees and original issue discount), or any proposed or actual acquisitions, investments, asset sales or divestitures permitted hereunder, in each case that are expensed; 

(vii) non-cash restructuring and integration charges and cash restructuring and integration charges; provided that the
aggregate amount of all cash restructuring and integration charges shall not exceed 15% of EBITDA for any twelve-month period, calculated immediately before giving effect to the addback in this clause (vii); 

(viii) non-cash stock expense and non-cash equity compensation expense; 

(ix) other expenses or losses, including purchase accounting entries such as the inventory adjustment to fair value, reducing
such Consolidated Net Income which do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period; 
 (x) expenses or
losses in respect of discontinued operations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xi) any unrealized
losses attributable to the application of “mark to market” accounting in respect of Swap Contracts; and 
 (xii)
with respect to any Asset Sale for which pro forma effect is required to be given, any loss thereon; 
 and minus 

(3) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, but without duplication and in each case
at such determination date: 
 (i) federal, State, local and foreign income tax credits; 

(ii) all non-cash gains or other items increasing Consolidated Net Income; 

  
 13 

 (iii) gains in respect of discontinued operations of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (iv) any unrealized gains for such period attributable to the application of
“mark-to-market” accounting in respect of Swap Contracts; and 
 (v) with respect to any Asset Sale for which pro
forma effect is required to be given, any gain thereon. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options
or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company (excluding Disqualified
Stock), other than: 
 (1) the Proposed IPO; 

(2) public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form S-8; and 

(3) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or
employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear
system, and any successor thereto. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules
and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or liability,
the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such
period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred
under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

  
 14 

 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference
period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed
operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed
operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger,
consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition,
whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, disposed operation or any other transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial
or accounting officer of the Company (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings and operating expense reduction resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, disposed
operation or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of “EBITDA” herein). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such
Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Contracts applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a
Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance
with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness
during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank
offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person substantially all of
whose assets consist of Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more (a) Foreign Subsidiaries and/or (b) Subsidiaries described in this definition. 

  
 15 

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America which are in effect from time to time that are applicable as of the date of determination; provided that no effect shall be given to any change in GAAP arising out of a change described in the Accounting Standard Update Exposure
Drafts related to leases (including capital leases) or any other substantially similar pronouncement. 
 “Global Note” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 hereof. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the
Notes in the form set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged;

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository
receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such
custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any
amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt; or 

(3) AAA rated money market mutual funds, where 100% of the holdings are in securities described in clauses (1) or
(2) of this definition of Government Securities or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by securities described in clauses (1) or (2) of this definition of Government Securities. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business and Standard Securitization Undertakings), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 

“Guarantor” means each Subsidiary Guarantor, Ashland and any other Person that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture. 
 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the applicable Registrar’s
books. 

  
 16 

 “Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without
duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP: 
 (1) all
obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments; 

(2) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including
standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, except to the extent that such instruments support Indebtedness of the type referred to in subclause (i) of the parenthetical in clause
(4) of this defined term; 
 (3) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract, other than any Swap Contract
that pursuant to its terms may be satisfied by delivery of Equity Interests of the Company; 
 (4) all obligations of such
Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out or similar obligation that is a contingent obligation or that is not reasonably
determinable as of the applicable date of determination and (iii) any earn-out or similar obligation that is not a contingent obligation and that is reasonably determinable as of the applicable date of determination to the extent that
(A) such Person is indemnified for the payment thereof by a third party reasonably believed by such Person to be solvent or (B) amounts to be applied to the payment therefor are in escrow); 

(5) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person
(including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; 

(6) (i) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person and (ii) all obligations of such Person under any Receivables
Facility; and 
 (7) all guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing. 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which
such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that
such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the swap termination value thereof as of such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal amount outstanding at any
time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount shall be the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with
GAAP, but such Indebtedness shall be deemed incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof. 

  
 17 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized
standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Interest Payment Date” means the date specified in the Notes for the payment of any installment of interest on the Notes.

 “Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the
equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade
Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) (which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution thereof); and 
 (4)
corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in
the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants in each case
made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance
sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion
(proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a 

  
 18 

 
Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net
assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer. 
 The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time
shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such
Investment. 
 “Issue Date” means July 20, 2016. For purposes of determining items outstanding, in existence or in
effect on the Issue Date, the Assumption shall be deemed to have occurred on the Issue Date. 
 “Lien” means, with respect
to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Maturity Date,” when used with respect to any Note or installment of principal thereof, means the date on which the
principal of such Note or such installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity Date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, notice of option to elect repayment or
otherwise. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale
and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts 

  
 19 

 
required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b)) and any deduction of appropriate amounts
to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in
bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Company with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, dated
July 13, 2016. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company or on behalf of
a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor (or if such Guarantor is a general partnership, one of the partners of the Guarantor). 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an
employee of or counsel to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Outstanding” means, as of the date of
determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (1) Notes theretofore
cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 
 (2) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in
the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided that
if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture; 

  
 20 

 (3) Notes that have been defeased pursuant to the procedures specified in Article
VIII; and 
 (4) Notes that have been paid in lieu of reissuance relating to lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated
certificates, or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 provided,
however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Notes owned by the Company or
any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the
pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other
obligor. 
 “Participant” means a Person who has an account with the Depositary and shall include other indirect
participants in The Depositary Trust Company serving a similar function. 
 “Permitted Investment” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that will become a Restricted Subsidiary
as a result of such Investment; 
 (2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment acquired after the Issue Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01, to the extent that such
Investments were not made in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earn-outs, not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade
Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such
Investment or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased pursuant to such extension, modification or renewal only (a) as required by the terms of
such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under
this Indenture; 

  
 21 

 (6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 (A) consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of
trade credit in the ordinary course of business; 
 (B) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable,
endorsements for collection or deposit held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable
(including any trade counterparty or customer); 
 (C) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or 

(D) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or
other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Swap Contracts permitted under
Section 4.09(b)(10); 
 (8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a); 

(9) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09; 

(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.11(b) (except transactions described in clause (2), (4), (6), (8) or (12) of such Section); 
 (11)
Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 
 (12) additional
Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $200.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (13) Investments (including debt
obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course
of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment; 

  
 22 

 (14) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in any calendar year in an aggregate amount invested, taken together with all other amounts invested pursuant to this clause (14) in such calendar year that are at that time outstanding not to exceed $200.0 million; provided
that in the event the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash or Cash Equivalents in respect of any Investment made pursuant
to this clause (14), an amount equal to such dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash or Cash Equivalents, not to exceed the original amount invested, shall be available for Investments
under this clause (14) in the calendar year in which such return is received and thereafter 
 (15) [Reserved]; 

(16) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors and employees not in excess of $10.0 million
outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (17) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course
of business by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (18) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint
venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(19) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business; 

(20) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts;

 (21) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers
compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business; 

(22) repurchases of Notes; 

(23) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection
of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers; 
 (24) Investments by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in a Securitization Special Purpose Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Special Purpose Entity in any other Person, in each case, as part of, pursuant to or in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, including
contributions of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Special Purpose Entity, the retention of interests in Securitization Assets contributed, sold, conveyed, transferred or otherwise disposed of to

  
 23 

 
a Securitization Special Purpose Entity and Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Transaction or any related
Indebtedness; 
 (25) Investments in the ordinary course of business in connection with joint marketing arrangements with
another Person (including the licensing or contribution of intellectual property in connection therewith); 
 (26) any
Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (26) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $125.0 million (with the fair market value of
each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 
 (27)
Investments made as part of the Transactions in a manner consistent in all material respects with the disclosures set forth in the Offering Memorandum. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not
yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal
or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet
payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person to the extent required by
GAAP; 
 (4) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations or in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid or
appeal bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5) survey exceptions, title defects, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses,
rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of 

  
 24 

 
real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that, in all cases, were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and
that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (10) or (27) of
Section 4.09(b); provided that (a) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) extend only to the assets or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair,
replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any replacements, additions and accessions thereto and any income or profits thereof and (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (27) of
Section 4.09(b) extend only to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries; 
 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided,
however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other
property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than after-acquired property of the acquired Person of the same nature as the property that is the subject of such Lien at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary); 

(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by
means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such
acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than after-acquired property of the acquired Person of the same nature as the
property that is the subject of such Lien at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary); 
 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness
or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09; 

(11) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in
respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(12) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not materially
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that do not secure any Indebtedness; 

  
 25 

 (13) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or
similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases, consignment of goods or similar arrangements entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and Liens of a collecting bank arising in
the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 (or the applicable corresponding section) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon; 

(14) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(15) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the
Company’s clients; 
 (16) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive
refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clause (6), (7), (8) or (9) of this definition to the extent that the Indebtedness
secured by such new Lien is an amount equal to the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clause (6), (7), (8) or (9) of this definition at the time the
original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided,
however, that in each case such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property); 

(17) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(18) other Liens securing obligations not to exceed $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding;

 (19) Liens securing Indebtedness of any non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Indenture,
to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary (and for the avoidance of doubt, any Liens permitted by this clause (19) at the time of incurrence thereof shall continue to be permitted
by this clause (19) if such non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary later provides a Guarantee of the Notes); 
 (20) Liens
securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(e) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such
judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 

(21) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in
connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 26 

 (22) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the
Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and
(iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 

(23) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09;
provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 

(24) [Reserved] 

(25) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not
given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts or other cash management arrangements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (26) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations to the extent permitted to be
incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1); 

(27) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or
similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (28) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title
retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(29) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 
 (30) Liens securing the Notes (other than any
Additional Note) or the Guarantees thereof; 
 (31) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or
leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are located; 
 (32) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof
securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto; 

  
 27 

 (33) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure
Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (34) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of
any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; 

(35) any interest or title of a lessor, sub-lessor, licensor or sub-licensor or secured by a lessor’s, sub-lessor’s,
licensor’s or sub-licensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(36) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business of the Company and such Subsidiary to secure the performance of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises; 

(37) prior to the date on which a Permitted Investment is consummated, Liens arising from any escrow arrangement pursuant to
which the proceeds of any equity issuance or other funds used to finance all or a portion of such Permitted Investment are required to be held in escrow pending release to consummate such Permitted Investment; 

(38) Liens in connection with contracts for the sale of assets, including customary provisions with respect to a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of any Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(39) Liens on trusts, cash or Cash Equivalents or other funds in connection with the defeasance (whether by covenant or legal
defeasance), discharge or redemption of Indebtedness pending consummation of a strategic transaction, or similar obligations; provided that such defeasance, discharge or redemption is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(40) Standard Securitization Undertakings and Liens on Securitization Assets or on assets of a Securitization Special Purpose
Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction or a Receivables Facility, in each case, incurred in compliance with Section 4.09(b)(24) (for the avoidance of doubt, Liens permitted under this clause
(40) shall include Liens in connection with the trade receivables securitization facility to be entered into in a manner consistent in all material respects with the disclosures set forth in the Offering Memorandum); and 

(41) any Liens arising from the Transactions in a manner consistent in all material respects with the disclosures set forth in
the Offering Memorandum. 
 In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the
time of incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this definition and such Permitted Lien shall
be treated as having 

  
 28 

 
been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i) hereof to
be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Proposed IPO” means the initial public offering by Valvoline of shares of its common stock. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary contributes, sells, conveys, grants a security interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Special Purpose Entity, and such Securitization Special Purpose
Entity contributes, sells, conveys, grants a security interest in or otherwise transfers to one or more other Persons, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) or any beneficial or participation interests therein.

 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the
Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

“Receivables Facility” means any receivables financing facilities or factoring (or reverse factoring) agreements or
facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations in respect of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in
connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. The term
“Receivables Facility” does not include a Qualified Securitization Transaction. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer”
means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes
registered under the Securities Act, or any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes. 

  
 29 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement to be
dated the Assumption Date, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers, or any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of
Additional Notes. 
 “Regular Record Date” means the Record Dates specified in the Notes; provided that if any such date is
not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the
Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the Outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note upon expiration of the applicable Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary
Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or
its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903. 

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(3) hereof. 

“Responsible Officer” with respect to the Trustee, means any vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer,
assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee within the corporate trust department of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the above designated officers or to whom any corporate trust matter is
referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definite Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

  
 30 

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of
the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary and Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be a Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of McGraw-Hill Financial, Inc., and any
successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the
leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such
leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Second Step Spin-Off” means the distribution by Ashland Global of all shares of common stock of Valvoline held by Ashland
Global to the holders of Ashland Global’s common stock following the completion of the Proposed IPO. 
 “Secured
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

“Securitization Assets” means (i) all receivables, inventory or royalty or other revenue streams contributed, sold,
conveyed, granted or otherwise transferred as part of, pursuant to or in connection with asset securitization transactions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements, instruments and other documents relating to any Qualified
Securitization Transaction, (ii) all assets related to such receivables, inventory or royalty or other revenue streams, including rights arising under the contracts governing or related to such receivables, inventory or royalty or other revenue
streams, rights in respect of collateral and Liens securing such receivables, inventory or royalty or other revenue streams and all contracts and contractual and other rights, guarantees and other credit support in respect of such receivables,
inventory or royalty or other revenue streams, any proceeds of such receivables, inventory or royalty or other revenue streams and any lockboxes or accounts in which such proceeds are deposited, spread accounts and other similar accounts (and any
amounts on deposit therein) established as part of, pursuant to or in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, any warranty, indemnity, repurchase, dilution and other claim, arising out of the agreements, instruments and other
documents relating to such Qualified Securitization Transaction and other assets that are transferred or in respect of which security interests are granted in connection with asset securitizations involving similar assets, and (iii) all
collections (including recoveries) and other proceeds of the assets described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii). 

“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or indirectly by means of discounts with respect to any
Securitization Assets or beneficial or participation interests therein contributed, sold, conveyed, granted or otherwise transferred to, and other fees 

  
 31 

 
paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary as part of, pursuant to or in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Transaction. 

“Securitization Special Purpose Entity” means a Person (including, without limitation, a Restricted Subsidiary) created in
connection with the transactions contemplated by a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Person engages in no business or activities other than in connection with the acquisition, disposition and financing of Securitization Assets and any
business or activities incidental or related thereto and holds no assets other than Securitization Assets and other assets incidental or related to such Qualified Securitization Transaction. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equal in right of payment
with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture shall
constitute Senior Indebtedness for the purposes of this Indenture unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee. 

“Senior Secured Credit Facilities” means the Credit Agreement dated as of July 11, 2016, by and among the Company, The
Bank Of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements,
modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof. 
 “Separation” means collectively, the Ashland
Chemco Internal Spin-Off, the Valvoline Reorganization, the Ashland Reorganization and the Transfer. 
 “Separation
Documents” means each of the following agreements among Ashland, Ashland Global, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in connection with the separation and distribution to be dated as of or prior to the date of
the Proposed IPO, the Separation Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Reverse Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Shared Environmental Liabilities Agreement and the Registration
Rights Agreement (each as referred to in the Valvoline Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1 (#333-211720), as filed on May 31, 2016) and any other instruments, assignments, documents and agreements executed in connection with the
implementation of the Transactions. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Company
in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue
Date. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on
the Assumption Date or any business that is similar, 

  
 32 

 
reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of such business. 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means all representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, performance guarantees
and servicing obligations entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Special Purpose Entity) that, taken as a whole, are customary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction. 

“Stated Maturity Date,” when used with respect to any Note, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which
an amount equal to the principal amount of such Note is due and payable. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect
to the Notes, 
 (1) any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 (2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of
such entity of the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company
or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership otherwise, and 
 (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner or otherwise
controls such entity. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Subsidiary” when related to the Company shall not include
Ashland and its Subsidiaries (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiaries that will be Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of completion of the Contribution and Assumption). 

  
 33 

 “Subsidiary Guarantor” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this
Indenture. 
 “Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative
transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward
bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or
any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all
transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign
Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. 

“Synthetic Debt” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all obligations of such Person in
respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds (including any minority interest transactions that function primarily as a borrowing) but are not otherwise included in the
definition of “Indebtedness” or as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. 

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance
sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the
application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment). 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the
most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company or such other Person as may be expressly stated, as the case may be (giving pro forma effect to any acquisitions or dispositions of assets or properties that have been made by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, including through mergers or consolidations). 

“Transactions” means collectively, the Separation, the Contribution, the Assumption and, as the case may be, either the
Proposed IPO and the Second Step Spin-Off or the 100% Spin-Off Transaction. 
 “Transfer” means the transfer of certain
assets and liabilities among Ashland, Ashland Global, Valvoline and their respective subsidiaries. 

  
 34 

 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any date of redemption, the yield to maturity as of
such date of redemption of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days
prior to the date of redemption (or in connection with a discharge, two Business Days prior to the date of deposit with the Trustee or paying agent, as applicable) (or, if such statistical release is no longer published, any publicly available
source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the date of redemption to July 15, 2019; provided however that if the period from the date of redemption to the Stated Maturity Date of the Notes to be redeemed is less
than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Cash”
means, at any time, all cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such time; provided that such cash and Cash Equivalents (a) do not appear (and would not be required to appear) as
“restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company prepared in conformity with GAAP (unless such classification results solely from any Lien referred to in clause (b) below) and (b) are not controlled by or subject to
any Lien or other preferential arrangement in favor of any creditor, other than Liens created under a Credit Facility. 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note without the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note without the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Company, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary)
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any
Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (a) such designation complies with
Section 4.07; and 

  
 35 

 (b) each of the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries has not at
the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 

(i) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in Section 4.09(a); or 
 (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
would be greater than such ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board
Resolution of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

Actions taken by an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to have been taken, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Valvoline Business” means Ashland’s automotive, commercial and industrial lubricant and automotive
chemical business substantially as described in the Valvoline Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1 (#333-211720), as filed on May 31, 2016. 

“Valvoline Reorganization” means the reorganization of the Valvoline Business such that Valvoline is the owner, directly or
indirectly, of substantially all of the Valvoline Business. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the
Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any
date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of
determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 

(2) the sum of all such payments. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 

  
 36 

			
	Term	  	Defined in Section
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	4.10(b)
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11(a)
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10(c)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.13(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.13(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.13(a)(2)
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds Threshold”
	  	4.10(c)
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.01(a)
	 “incur”
	  	9.09(a)
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	11.07
	 “OID”
	  	4.06
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.09(b)(13)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.07(b)(2)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.14(c)
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption”
	  	3.07
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”
	  	3.07
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”
	  	3.07
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”
	  	3.07
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)(1)
	 “Successor Person”
	  	5.01(b)(1)(a)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	4.07(b)(2)

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. When qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act, this Indenture shall be subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Whether or not this Indenture is so qualified, the following Trust
Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Company and each Guarantor, until a successor replaces the Company or a Guarantor and
thereafter means, as to such replaced Company or Guarantor, its successor. 

  
 37 

 When qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, all other terms used in this Indenture that are
defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by the Trust Indenture Act’s reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act shall have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or
rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (g) the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person
consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person; and 

(h) all covenant basket sizes set forth herein, including any definitions relating thereto, are as specified in U.S. dollars. 

ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms. 

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage in addition to those provided for in Exhibit A hereto. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall
be in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. 
 (b) Global Notes. 

(1) Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note
Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive 

  
 38 

 
form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto
and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented
thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

(2) Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of
designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation
S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof and the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent
Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the
Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as provided in this Indenture. 
 (c) Participants
shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee
and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from
giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary
governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (d) Terms. The aggregate principal
amount of Initial Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $375,000,000, and the aggregate amount of Additional Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited (so long
as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.09 hereof). With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set 

  
 39 

 
forth in (1) a Board Resolution and (2) (i) an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 

(A) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

(B) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and 

(C) whether such Additional Notes shall be either Restricted Definitive Notes or Restricted Global Notes. 

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in
addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes. 

In addition, Exchange Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement in a like principal amount of the Initial Notes or Additional Notes exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this
Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable.
The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook”
of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company directing authentication (an “Authentication
Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes 

  
 40 

 
specified in such Authentication Order. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver (i) any Additional
Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder and (ii) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a
like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights
as the Trustee to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (the “Note Register”) and of their transfer and
exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until
(i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting
or notice periods required by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) of this
Section 2.03 above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes. The Trustee will also act as Custodian for
the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held 

  
 41 

 
by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment.
While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or one of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate
trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(f) or (g) hereof, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the
Trust Indenture Act. 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in
whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary
(x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed
by the Company within 90 days; (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes; or (iii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance
of Definitive Notes (provided, however, that the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for Definitive Notes prior to (1) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (2) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required by Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B)). Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 2.06(a) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or
beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in
whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof,
shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 2.06(a) above and
pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this 

  
 42 

 
Section 2.06(a); provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) of this Section 2.06(b) below, as
applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs of this Section 2.06(b), as applicable: 
 (1)
Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in
accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person, as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act, or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to
be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other
Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must
deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a
beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant
account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) if permitted under Section 2.06(a) hereof, a written order from a Participant or an indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the
Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests
in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B). Upon satisfaction of all of the
requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee 

  
 43 

 
shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof. 

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global
Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer and the holder of the beneficial interest to
be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable letter of transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through
the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (B) such transfer is
effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C)
such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

  
 44 

 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) of this
Section 2.06(b)(4) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) of this Section 2.06(b)(4) above. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance 

  
 45 

 
with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the
instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and
in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and
shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S
Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06 (c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the
Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

(3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the
occurrence of any of the events in subclause (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer and the holder of the beneficial interest to
be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable letter of transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through
the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (B) such transfer is effected
pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 46 

 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the
following: 
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of
any of the events in subclause (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the
applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable
principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such
beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest

  
 47 

 
in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C)
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof
the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) of this Section 2.06(d)(1) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) of this Section 2.06(d)(1) above, the applicable 144A
Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) of this Section 2.06(d)(1) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer and the holder of the
beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable letter of transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if
delivery is made through the 

  
 48 

 
Applicable Procedures) as may be required by the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such
exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes
and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
Upon receipt of a written request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2)(B),
 (2)(D) or (3) of this Section 2.06(d) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

  
 49 

 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon written request
by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the
requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly
authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e): 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and
registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B)
if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the
Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer and the holder of the beneficial interest to
be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable letter of transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through
the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (B) such transfer is effected
pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 

  
 50 

 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such
exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a written request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture: 

(1) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraphs (B), (C) and (D) of this Section 2.06(f)(1) below, each Global Note
and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO (I) IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES, THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR
PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE THEREOF, THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL 

  
 51 

 
NOTES OR THE LAST DAY ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND (II) IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES, 40 DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE THEREOF,
RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES
THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE
MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note
or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private
Placement Legend. 
 (C) After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf
Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Private Placement Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall
continue to apply. 
 (D) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to
which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form
without the Private Placement Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF
THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT 

  
 52 

 
THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(g) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE
PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.
OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION
ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER
HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance

  
 53 

 
with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and, if the Registrar and the Trustee are not the same entity, notice to the
Trustee of such exchange or transfer an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the aggregate principal amount of such other Global Note shall be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.06(g) and
if the Registrar and the Trustee are not the same entity, notice to the Trustee of such exchange or transfer an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
increase. 
 (h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s written request. 

(2) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.06, 4.13 or 9.04 hereof). 
 (3)
Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive
Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(5) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period
beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the sending of a notice of redemption of Notes for redemption under Section 3.03 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day such notice was sent, (B) to
register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any
Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Regular Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

  
 54 

 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for
all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7)
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 

(8) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any
authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

(9) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically (in PDF format). 

(10) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on
transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with
the express requirements hereof. 
 Neither the Trustee nor any Trustee agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions
taken or not taken by the Depositary. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to their satisfaction of
the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be
supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. At the Company’s request, such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its expenses in replacing a Note. 

  
 55 

 Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 is a contractual
obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes Outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not Outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a
Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant
to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be Outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be Outstanding and interest on it ceases
to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
Maturity Date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer Outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by
the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not Outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s
right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare
and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

  
 56 

 Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all
of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11
Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall
forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue
new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted
Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful
manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a special record date, which may be after the existing record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record
date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and in
any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall send or
cause to be sent, via electronic transmission or by first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such
interest to be paid. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under
this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

Section 2.13 CUSIP or ISIN Numbers. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or ISIN
numbers in notices, including notices of redemption, exchange or offers to purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on
the Notes or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any related redemption, exchange or offers to purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of
such numbers. The Company will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the 

  
 57 

 
CUSIP or ISIN numbers. Additional Notes issued under this Indenture may have the same or differing CUSIP or ISIN numbers as those given to the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes. 

Section 2.14 Additional Interest. 

In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest 15 or more days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest to the extent reasonably
practicable, but in no event later than five Business Days prior to such proposed payment date, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall
not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed
in such calculation of the Additional Interest. 
 Section 2.15 Benefits of Indenture. 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto
and the Holders of the Notes, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained; all such covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole
benefit of the parties hereto and of the Holders of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE III 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. The Company may redeem and pay the Notes or may covenant to redeem and pay the Notes or any part
thereof prior to the Stated Maturity Date thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in this Indenture. If a Note is redeemable and the Company wants or is obligated to redeem prior to the Stated Maturity Date thereof all or part of the
Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.03,
the Company shall give such written notice to the Trustee in the form of an Officer’s Certificate at least 10 days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof
unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. 
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. If less than all of the
Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased as follows: 

(a) if the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Notes are listed on an exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such
exchange; or 
 (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if a pro rata basis is not practicable or permitted for any reason, by
lot or by such other method as may be prescribed by DTC’s applicable procedures. 
 No Notes of $2,000 of principal amount or less will
be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the two preceding sentences, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes 

  
 58 

 
called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall make the selection from Outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount
of that Note to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note presented for redemption will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the
redemption date, interest ceases to accrue or accrete on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of
Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (other than in connection with a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 3.07), the Company shall deliver electronically or mail or cause to be mailed,
by first-class mail, postage prepaid (or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the
redemption price, which will include interest accrued and unpaid to the date fixed for redemption; 
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in
part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the
original Note; 
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to
the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(g) the paragraph of the Notes or provision of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption
are being redeemed; 
 (h) the CUSIP number, or ISIN, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 

(i) any applicable conditions precedent and the procedures for notice to the Trustee and Holders of any failure or delay to satisfy such
conditions; 
 (j) whether payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such
redemption will be performed by another Person; and 

  
 59 

 (k) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, or
ISIN, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 10 days prior to the intended delivery or mailing of any such notice (or such shorter period as may be
acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as required by this Section. 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is delivered or mailed in accordance with Section 3.03
hereof and any conditions set forth therein have been satisfied, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, subject to the following paragraph. Failure to give notice or any defect in the
notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 
 Notice of any redemption may be given prior to the
completion of any offering or other corporate transaction, and any redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion of the related offering or
corporate transaction. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. No later than 10:00 a.m. local time on the redemption date
in the place of payment of such redemption, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent money in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions of Notes) to be
redeemed on that date. Neither the Trustee nor the applicable Paying Agent shall be obligated to make payments to Holders or the Depositary without receipt of such sufficient funds. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable
return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. If such money is then held by the
Company in trust and is not required for such purpose it shall be discharged from such trust. 
 If the Company complies with the provisions
of the immediately preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the
related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid on the redemption date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption
shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and, to the
extent permitted by law and the terms the Notes, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes. 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee,
upon a Company Order and receipt of the deliverables required hereunder, shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

  
 60 

 Section 3.07 Special Mandatory Redemption Other than pursuant to the Special
Mandatory Redemption provisions described below, the Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

If either (1) the Contribution, Assumption and either the Proposed IPO or the 100% Spin-off Transaction have not all occurred on or
before June 30, 2017, or (2) Ashland delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that the either the Contribution or the Assumption or both will not occur or, if the Contribution and Assumption have both occurred, that
neither the Proposed IPO nor the 100% Spin-off Transaction will occur (the earlier to occur of (1) or (2), the “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”), then the Company will, on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined
below), redeem the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a redemption price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes if the Special Mandatory
Redemption Event occurs on or before December 31, 2016, or (b) 101% of the principal amount of the Notes otherwise, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Date” means the date that is 10 days after the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice Date (as
defined below). 
 Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 no later than three
Business Days following a Special Mandatory Redemption Event (such date of mailing, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice Date”). On or prior to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Company shall pay to the Paying Agent for
payment to each Holder of Notes the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such Holder’s Notes. 
 Section 3.08 Optional
Redemption. Except as set forth below and as set forth under Section 3.07 above, the Company will not be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to July 15, 2019. 

(a) At any time prior to July 15, 2019, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant
Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (b) On and after July 15, 2019, the Company may
redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03 above, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to, but excluding, the date of redemption, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed beginning on July 15 of the years indicated
below: 
  

					
	 Date
	  	Percentage	 
	 2019
	  	 	104.125	% 
	 2020
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2021
	  	 	101.375	% 

  
 61 

					
	 Date
	  	Percentage	 
	 2022 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) In addition, until July 15, 2019, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up
to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 105.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption, subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes originally issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains Outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption
occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of the applicable Equity Offering. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any
tender offer for all of the Outstanding Notes at a price of at least 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the applicable tender settlement date (including any Change of
Control Offer), if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Company,
purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase
date, to redeem all Notes that remain Outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. 
 Section 3.09 Offers to Purchase; Acquisition of Notes. The Company
and its Affiliates may, at any time and from time to time, acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, including by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise (including in connection with a consent solicitation).

 ARTICLE IV 

COVENANTS 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. The Company covenants and agrees, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, that it will duly
and punctually make all payments in respect of the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the
Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. local time in the place of payment on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and
interest, if any, then due. Such payments shall be considered made on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to make all payments with respect to such Notes then due
and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Neither the Trustee nor the applicable Paying Agent shall be obligated to make
payments to Holders or the Depositary without receipt of such sufficient funds. 
 Section 4.02 Reports and Other Information.

  
 62 

 (a) For so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC and make available (without exhibits), without cost, to Holders or to the Trustee for provision to Holders, within the time periods specified in such Sections, to the extent not publicly
available on the SEC’s EDGAR system or the Company’s public website; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether such filing or any other filing described below has
occurred): 
 (1) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to
the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form; 

(2) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a
Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer, for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable
form; and 
 (3) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to
the filing of a Form 8-K, after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; 

in each case, taking into account any extension of time, deemed filing date or safe harbor contemplated or provided by Rule 12b-25, Rule 13a-11(c) and Rule
15d-11(c) under the Exchange Act or successor provisions and in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form. 

(b) If, at any time, the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for any reason,
the Company will nevertheless post the information required to be set forth in the reports specified above (other than (a) separate financial statements or condensed consolidating financial information required by Rule 3-10 or 3-16 of
Regulation S-X, (b) information required by Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K or Regulation G under the Securities Act (in each case with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) and (c) information required by
Item 402 or 601 of Regulation S-K) on the Company’s public website and will provide such information to Holders and the Trustee (but will not be required to file such information with the SEC), in each case within the time periods that
would apply if the Company were required to file such information with the SEC; provided that for any such time prior to the Assumption Date, the foregoing obligations of the Company will be satisfied if Valvoline has filed with the SEC a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 containing such required information. 
 (c) For purposes of this Section 4.02, the Company will be
deemed to have provided a required report to Holders and the Trustee if it has timely filed such report with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system). 

  
 63 

 (d) Following the Assumption, notwithstanding the foregoing, if any parent of the Company becomes
a Guarantor (there being no obligation of such parent to do so), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and provided as described above may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of the parent, rather than
those of the Company; provided that such reports include a reasonable explanation of the material differences (if any) between the assets, liabilities and results of operations of such parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand. 
 (e) At any time when the Company is not subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to the extent not satisfied by this section 4.02, for so long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.02 will not require the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries to provide or file any
information pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC that would not otherwise be applicable to them. 

(f) To the extent that any reports or other information is not furnished within the time periods specified in this Section 4.02 and such
reports or other information is subsequently furnished prior to the time such failure results in an Event of Default, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto and any Default with respect thereto shall be
deemed to have been cured. 
 (g) At any time that any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if any such
Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the quarterly and annual financial information required pursuant to this
Section 4.02 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, or in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

(h) For the avoidance of doubt, prior to the 100% Spin-off Transaction or the Proposed IPO, any report delivered pursuant to the requirements
of this Section 4.02 shall include only the financial results of the Valvoline Business. 
 Section 4.03 Compliance
Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during
the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this
Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that, to such Officer’s knowledge, the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in
this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, describing all such Defaults or Events of
Default of which such Officer has knowledge and what action the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take, if any, with respect thereto). 

  
 64 

 Section 4.04 Further Instruments and Acts. The Company and the Guarantors shall
execute and deliver to the Trustee such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

Section 4.05 [Intentionally Omitted]. 

Section 4.06 [Intentionally Omitted]. 

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s, or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than: 

(A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company; or 
 (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or
distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or
distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 
 (II) purchase, redeem, defease
or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including any such purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement in connection with any merger or
consolidation; 
 (III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (a) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(7) or (8) or (b) the payment, redemption,
repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a rescheduled payment, sinking fund obligation, principal installment or maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of payment,
redemption, repurchase, defeasance or acquisition; or 
 (IV) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other
actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exceptions thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 

  
 65 

 (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would
occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the
Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a); and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together
with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)(1), but excluding all other Restricted Payments
permitted by Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication). 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income
of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter of the Company in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal
financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by
the Company since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of: 
 (i) Equity Interests of the Company,
including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: 

(I) Equity Interests to any present, former or future employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Company
or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to the amount of available Restricted Payments in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(5); and 

(II) Designated Preferred Stock; and 

(ii) debt securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity
Interests of the Company; 
 provided, however, that this clause (B) shall not include the proceeds from
(W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified
Stock or (Z) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests or the fair market value of any assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case made as part 

  
 66 

 
of the Transactions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, such proceeds of the Proposed IPO); plus 

(C) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of: 
 (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances
that constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or 

(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to
the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(10) or (15) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a distribution or
dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, after the Issue Date; plus 
 (D) in the case of the redesignation of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company; provided that if such fair market value may exceed $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of
the Company and evidenced by a board resolution (which determination in either case shall be conclusive)) of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary
other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(10) or (15) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date
of declaration thereof or the giving of the irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury
Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company (in each case, other than
any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury 

  
 67 

 
Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.07(b)(7), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock in an
aggregate per annum amount no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 

(3) any other Restricted Payment made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than
to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock); 

(4) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, that in each
case is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 but only: 
 (A) if the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness, or
the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock, as applicable, being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired, plus the amount of any premium and any fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; 
 (B) if such new Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent, if at all, as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value; 

(C) if such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final
scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and 

(D) if such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; 

(5) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any 

  
 68 

 
management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management, director or employee benefit plan or agreement (x) upon the death or disability of such employee, director, officer,
manager or consultant or (y) upon the resignation or other termination of employment of such employee, director, officer, manager or consultant; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause
(5) do not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to
exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to
employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to
the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(3); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life
insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 
 (C) the amount of any
Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clause (a) or (b) of this clause (5); 
 and; provided
further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(6) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, or of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case issued in accordance with Section 4.09; 

(7) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date; and 
 (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on
Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(2); 

provided, however, in the case of each of subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (7), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a
pro forma basis, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00; 

  
 69 

 (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur (i) upon the exercise of
stock options, warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or awards or payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional Equity Interests (ii) for the
purposes of satisfying any required tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or vesting of a grant or award of any stock options, warrants or other equity-based awards; 

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions in respect of, or repurchases of, the Company’s common stock
in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100.0 million in any calendar year; 
 (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate
amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 10.00% of Total Assets; 

(11) Restricted Payments comprising (a) the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition of
Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Special Purpose Entity in accordance with Section 4.09(b)(24) and (b) the payment or distribution of any Securitization Fees; 

(12) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance
with the provisions similar to those set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.13; provided that all Notes tendered in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have first been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for
value; 
 (13) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash or Cash Equivalents); 

(14) any Restricted Payment made as part of the Transactions in a manner consistent in all material respects with the
disclosures set forth in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (15) the making of other Restricted Payments if, at the time of the
making of such Restricted Payment, and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payment and the application of the net proceeds thereof), the
Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 3.50 to 1.00; 
 (16) the making of cash payments in
satisfaction of the conversion obligation upon conversion of convertible Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not to exceed the sum of (a) the principal amount of such
convertible Indebtedness plus (b) any payment received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the exercise, settlement or termination of any related hedge or warrant option transactions; and 

  
 70 

 (17) the purchase of any call option, purchase option or other similar contract
in respect of Equity Interests of the Company in connection with the issuance of convertible Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 to mitigate dilution attributable to such convertible Indebtedness; 

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (3), (9), (10), (13) and
(15) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof)
meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (17) of Section 4.07(b) or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Company will be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of
such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) between such clauses (1) through (17) and Section 4.07(a) in any manner that otherwise complies with this Section 4.07. 

(d) The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the provisions of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the
Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted
Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this
Indenture. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to: 

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor on its Capital Stock, or
(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: 

  
 71 

 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date,
including pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the related documentation and Swap Contracts in effect on the Issue Date and any related documentation; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees thereof; 

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature
discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) above on the property so acquired; 
 (4) applicable law or any applicable rule,
regulation, order, approval, license, permit or other similar restriction, including under contracts with domestic or foreign governments or agencies thereof entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(5) any agreement or other instrument (including an instrument governing Capital Stock or Indebtedness) of a Person acquired by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person
(but, in any such case, not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property
or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or the property or assets so assumed; 
 (6) contracts for the sale
of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of any Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 to the extent limiting the right
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of assets subject to such Lien; 
 (8) restrictions on cash
or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9)
other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions apply only to such
Restricted Subsidiary and its assets and Subsidiaries; and provided further that the Company has determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive), at the time of creation of each such encumbrance or restriction, that such
encumbrances and restrictions would not individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to make required payments in respect of the Notes; 

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such
joint venture; 

  
 72 

 (11) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses or similar agreements,
including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease of any Restricted Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (13) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the
holder of such Lien; 
 (14) any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person that is acquired; 

(15) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or
other agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance solely of the property or assets of the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of
another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (16) restrictions (contractual or otherwise) applicable to a Securitization Special Purpose
Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Special Purpose Entity; 

(17) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(27) 

(18) any encumbrances, restrictions, contractual requirements or other provisions of the Separation Documents or in connection
with any of the Transactions in a manner consistent in all material respects with the disclosures set forth in the Offering Memorandum; or 

(19) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Sections 4.08(a)(1), (2) and (3) above imposed by
any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (18) of this Section 4.08(b);
provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, either (i) not materially more restrictive with
respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing, (ii) ordinary and customary with respect to
such instruments and obligations at the time of such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing, or (iii) for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08,
(i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on 

  
 73 

 
common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 

Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and each instance thereof, an “incurrence”), with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness), and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur
indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred
Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on
which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness: 

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the
issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof); provided, however,
that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under this clause (1) does not exceed the sum of (x) $1,625.0 million plus (y) the maximum principal
amount of additional Indebtedness that could be incurred such that after giving effect to such incurrence, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio of the Company would be no greater than 2.00 to 1.00 (calculated assuming that all Indebtedness
incurred under this clause (1) is secured on a first priority basis and without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness); 

(2) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Notes issued on the Issue Date
(including Guarantees thereof) and any Notes (including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for such Notes pursuant to a registration rights agreement; 

  
 74 

 (3) Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date; 
 (4) Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease
Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets; provided that such Indebtedness does not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, other than proceeds and products thereof
and either (a) the Indebtedness related thereto does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being financed and such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction or is created within 365
days thereafter (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset) or (b) the Indebtedness related thereto does
not exceed the fair market value of the property being financed and after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness and, after giving effect thereto (and the use of the proceeds therefrom), the Company would be permitted to incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); 

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, death, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other
Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations
(a) are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence or (b) are permitted to be incurred (and thereupon shall deemed to be incurred) pursuant to clause (4) above following the expiry of such 30 day period; 

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification,
adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, including earnouts, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)); 

(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary
holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the 

  
 75 

 
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7); 

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a
Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided
further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such
Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8); 

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred
Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9); 

(10) Swap Contracts (excluding Swap Contracts entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate
risk with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 

(11) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal, stay, surety, customs and
replevin bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12), does not exceed $300.00 million; 
 (13) the incurrence or
issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock, in each case that serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) or clause (2), (3) or (4) of this
Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) or clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock previously incurred or issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including 

  
 76 

 
additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection
therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is not less than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased (or requires no or nominal payments in cash prior to the date that is 91
days after the Maturity Date of the Notes); 
 (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refunds, refinances, replaces,
renews, extends or defeases (i) Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee thereof at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced,
replaced, renewed, extended or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and 

(C) shall not include: 

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company; 
 (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or 

(iii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 and provided further
that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding, refinancing, replacement, renewal, extension or defeasance of any Secured Indebtedness; 

(14) (x) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (or other purchase of assets) or (y) existing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or
merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture that is not incurred or issued in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation provided that in the case of
(x) and (y) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of 

  
 77 

 
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 
 (15) Indebtedness
arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; 

(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to
Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (17) (A) any
guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this
Indenture, and 
 (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; 

(18) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance
premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former
officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the
extent described in Section 4.07(b)(5); 
 (20) Indebtedness consisting of cash management services incurred in the
ordinary course of business, including in respect of credit card obligations, overdrafts and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfers of funds;

 (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased
in the ordinary course of business; 
 (22) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and
other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions and arising in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 78 

 (23) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with bankers’ acceptances or discounted bills of exchange, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) Indebtedness (i) incurred by a Securitization Special Purpose Entity as part of, pursuant to or in connection with a
Qualified Securitization Transaction (including Indebtedness to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or other Person) that is without recourse to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings) and
(ii) in connection with any Receivables Facility, so long as the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness under clauses (i) and (ii) in the aggregate does not exceed $250.0 million; and to the extent that any purported contribution,
sale, conveyance, grant or transfer of Securitization Assets or accounts receivables from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to a Securitization Special Purpose Entity or to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall
ever be deemed not to constitute a true sale, any Indebtedness of the applicable Securitization Special Purpose Entity or Person to the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries arising therefrom (for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness permitted to
be incurred under this clause (24) shall include Indebtedness in connection with the trade receivables securitization facility to be entered into in a manner consistent in all material respects with the disclosures set forth in the Offering
Memorandum); 
 (25) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, any obligations incurred as part of the Transactions in a
manner consistent in all material respects with the disclosures set forth in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (26) Guarantees of
Indebtedness of joint ventures of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, $150.0 million; 

(27) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together
with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (27), $ 150.0 million; and 
 (28) Indebtedness of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries owed to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company incurred prior to the Assumption Date, which shall provide by its terms that it shall be repaid in full and terminated on the Assumption Date. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (28) of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled
to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; and (2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an
item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in 

  
 79 

 
Sections 4.09(a) and (b) above; provided that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (1) or (2) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities on or prior to the Assumption Date will be treated as incurred under clause (1)(x) of Section 4.09(b). 
 (d)
Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 4.09, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or clause (12),
(13) (solely in respect of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued under Section 4.09(a) or clause (12), (14)(x) or (27) of this Section 4.09 and any refinancing thereof) (14)(x) or
(27) of Section 4.09, if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09 and at any one time outstanding would exceed $250.0 million. 

(e) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of
interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 (f) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause
the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so
long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender
premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with such refinancing. 

(g) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the
Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

(h) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or
such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and on 

  
 80 

 
substantially identical terms as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. 

(i) For purposes of this Section 4.09, (1) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured
Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured and (2) Senior Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or because
such other Senior Indebtedness is guaranteed by other obligors. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless: 

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale (which determination shall be conclusive)) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of or the Equity Interests
issued; and 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the following shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose: 

(A) any liabilities (as reflected in the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in
the footnotes thereto or, if incurred, increased or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes
thereto if such incurrence, increase or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive)) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other
than Contingent Obligations and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases or indemnifies the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities or that are otherwise extinguished by the transferee in connection with such transaction; 

(B) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days of the receipt thereof; 

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an
aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash 

  
 81 

 
Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 3.50% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such
Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and 

(D) Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or of a Person engaged in a Similar Business that shall become a
Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) Within 365 days after the
receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 

(1) to permanently reduce Indebtedness as follows: 

(A) to permanently reduce Secured Indebtedness, including Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, in each
case, that is secured by a Lien that is permitted by this Indenture and (if applicable) to permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto; 

(B) to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor (and (if
applicable) to permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes; provided further that all reductions of Obligations
under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.08 or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in
accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that
would otherwise be prepaid; or 
 (C) to permanently reduce Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) to make (A) an Investment in
any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital
Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other businesses, properties, noncurrent assets or intellectual property rights that, in the case of each of (A),
(B) and (C), are used or useful in a Similar Business; or 

  
 82 

 (3) to make an Investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided
that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it
constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other businesses, properties, noncurrent assets or intellectual property rights that, in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses,
properties, assets or intellectual property rights that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 
 provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and
(3) of this Section 4.10(b), a binding commitment entered into not later than the end of such 365-day period shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that an amount equal to the Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of the end of such 365-day period (an “Acceptable
Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before an amount equal to the Net Proceeds is so applied, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to apply an
amount equal to the Net Proceeds in any manner set forth above before the expiration of such 180-day period and, in the event the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary fails to do so, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 

(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in
Section 4.10(b) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million (the “Excess Proceeds Threshold”), the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of
the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness
that, in the case of Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum denominations of $2,000) that may be purchased with such Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Senior Indebtedness at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in each case in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 10 Business Days after the date that Excess
Proceeds exceed the Excess Proceeds Threshold by delivering the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee for delivery to Holders. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net
Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365-day period. Upon the completion of each Asset Sale Offer (including a voluntary Asset Sale Offer with respect to
all Excess Proceeds even though less than the Excess Proceeds Threshold), the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero. 
 (d) To the
extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purposes not
otherwise prohibited under this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, such Notes or Senior Indebtedness, as the
case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of such Notes or Senior 

  
 83 

 
Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered (and the Trustee or Registrar will select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro rata basis, or such other basis in accordance with DTC
procedures based on the amount of Notes tendered. 
 (e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the holder of such Net Proceeds
may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(f) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations set forth in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

(g) The provisions under this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an
Asset Sale may be waived or modified, with respect to the Notes, with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding. 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into, or make or amend, any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless: 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, as determined in good
faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive), to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person on an arm’s-length basis; and 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate
Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company approving
such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above. 

(b) Section 4.11(a) shall not apply to the following: 

(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 84 

 (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 or the definition of
“Permitted Investment”; 
 (3) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and fees paid to, and
indemnities provided for the benefit of, or employment, service or benefit plan agreements with or for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an Independent Financial Advisor either stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its
relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 

(5) (a) any of the Separation Documents and (b) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment,
supplement, modification, extension or renewal thereto or thereof or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment, supplement, modification, extension or renewal thereto or thereof) or by any replacement agreement
thereto (so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as determined in good
faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive)); 
 (6) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or
purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the
Company (which determination shall be conclusive), or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

(7) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of the Company to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or
its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (8) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards, grants in cash, securities or
otherwise or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to, or for the funding of, employment arrangements or agreements, stock option plans, stock ownership plans and
other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Company in good faith; 

(9) any transaction with any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that would constitute an
Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owns (directly or indirectly) an equity interest in, or controls (including pursuant to any management agreement or otherwise), such Person; 

  
 85 

 (10) transactions with joint ventures on terms that are not materially less
favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable), as determined in good faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive), than the other joint venture partner(s); 

(11) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions; 

(12) any contribution, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of, or grant of a security interest in, Securitization
Assets to a Securitization Special Purpose Entity and other transactions effected as part of, pursuant to or in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and 

(13) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary where such Affiliate receives the same consideration or is treated in the same manner as non-Affiliates that are party to (or have the benefit of) such transaction. 

Section 4.12 Liens. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause
or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any
income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless: 
 (1) in the case of any
Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply
to or restrict Liens securing obligations in respect of the Notes and the related Guarantees. 
 (b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each Lien (other than a release as a result of the enforcement of remedies in respect
of such Lien or the Obligations secured by such Lien) that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.12(a). 

Section 4.13 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with
respect to all the Outstanding Notes under Section 3.07 or Section 3.08, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash
(the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus 

  
 86 

 
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on
the relevant Interest Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transactions will not be deemed to be a Change of Control. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer with a
copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with the following information: 

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13 and that all Notes properly tendered
pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company; 
 (2) the purchase price and the
purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a
Change of Control as described below; 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain Outstanding and continue to
accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment required to be
made, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered
Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(7) the other instructions, as determined by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive), consistent with the
covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and 
 (8) if such notice is sent prior to the occurrence of a
Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control. 

  
 87 

 (b) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.13, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations set forth in this Section 4.13 by virtue
of such conflict. 
 (c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent permitted by law, 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, 

(2) deposit with the applicable paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes
or portions thereof properly tendered, and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the
Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Company. 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.13 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases
all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a
Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 

(f) The provisions under this Section 4.13 relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result
of a Change of Control may be waived or modified, with respect to the Notes, with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, including after the entry into an agreement that would result in
the need to make a Change of Control Offer. 
 Section 4.14 Covenant Suspension. 

(a) If on any date following the Assumption Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day (the “Suspension Date” and, the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being
collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”) and continuing until the occurrence of the Reversion Date, (i) the Company shall promptly provide notice of such Covenant

  
 88 

 
Suspension Event to the Trustee and (ii) the covenants specifically listed under the following sections of this Indenture will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the
“Suspended Covenants”): 
 (1) Section 4.10; 

(2) Section 4.07; 

(3) Section 4.09; 

(4) Section 5.01(a)(4); 

(5) Section 4.11; and 

(6) Section 4.08. 

(b) During any period that the foregoing Sections have been suspended, the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, unless such designation would have complied with Section 4.07 as if such Section were in effect during such period. 
 (c)
In the event that and while the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of a Covenant Suspension Event, and on any subsequent date (the
“Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then (i) the Company shall promptly provide notice of
such Reversion Date to the Trustee and (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension
Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Indenture as the “Suspension Period.” Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales shall be reset to zero. 

(d) During any Suspension Period, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction; provided, however, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness
attributable to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Section 4.12 without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to the covenant described therein; and (ii) the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies with Section 4.10; provided, further, that this Section 4.14(d) shall cease to apply on
and subsequent to any Reversion Date. 
 (e) During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to
incur Liens to the extent provided for under Section 4.12 (including Permitted Liens) and any Permitted Liens that refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be

  
 89 

 
applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 and for no other covenant). 

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period shall give rise to a Default or Event of Default under any of the Suspended Covenants; provided that (1) after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments since the Issue
Date will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been
incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3); (3) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to
Section 4.11(b)(5)(b); and (4) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of Section 4.08(a) that becomes
effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1). 
 Section 4.15
Compliance with Ashland Indenture. For so long as the Ashland Guarantee is outstanding, Ashland will comply with the terms of the indentures governing Ashland’s 4.750% notes due 2022, 3.875% notes due 2018 and 6.875% notes due 2043
(subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to all grace periods, notice and cure periods and amendment and waiver provisions set forth therein). 

ARTICLE V 

SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 

(a) The Company. The Company may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the
Company is the surviving corporation) or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(1) the Company is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor
Company”); 
 (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 
 (3) immediately after
such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

  
 90 

 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any
related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 

(A) the Company or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or 
 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 

(5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless (i) it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
Section 5.01(b)(1)(b) shall apply or (ii) the Company is the surviving entity, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 

(6) the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, complies with this Indenture. 

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), 

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, and 
 (2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company, as the case may be,
solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or for the sole purpose of forming or collapsing a holding company structure. 

(b) Subsidiary Guarantors. Subject to Section 10.03, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Subsidiary
Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or
assets, in one or more related transactions, to, any Person unless: 
 (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited
liability company organized or 

  
 91 

 
existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory
thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 

(B) the Successor Person, if other than a Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this
Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, complies with this Indenture; 
 (2) the
transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10, if applicable; or 
 (3) in the case of assets comprised of Equity
Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Subject to Section 5.02, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such
Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into, wind
up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any
state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of
such Subsidiary Guarantor or (4) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Company determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Company, in each case, without regard to the requirements set forth in the
preceding paragraph. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transactions will be permitted under this Article V. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company is not the
continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted
for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this 

  
 92 

 
Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture
with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest,
if any, on, the Notes except in the case of a consolidation, merger or sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 

ARTICLE VI 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes: 

(a) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of principal of, or premium, if
any, on the Notes; 
 (b) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes; 

(c) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not
less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above)
contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (d) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which
there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee exists on the Issue Date or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both: 

(1) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after
giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such
Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (2) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with
the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100.0 million
or more; 
 (e) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of
$100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable, and in the event such judgment is covered by

  
 93 

 
insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(f) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(1) commences a voluntary case, files for suspension of payments or any similar relief; 

(2) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, files for bankruptcy or commences a similar
insolvency proceeding; 
 (3) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its
property; or 
 (4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(2) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary for all or substantially all of its property; or 

(3) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign law or laws, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; and 

(h) (i) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or the Ashland Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be
declared null and void, or (ii) any responsible officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or Ashland, as applicable denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such
effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 

The term “Custodian” means, for the purposes of this Article VI only, any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian
or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Company shall, within 30 days of any Officer becoming aware of any continuing Default,
deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and steps to be taken to cure such Default. 
 Section 6.02
Acceleration 
 . 

  
 94 

 (a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes at the time Outstanding (other than an Event
of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company (and to the Trustee, if notice is given by the Holders),
may declare the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such amounts shall be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the
foregoing portion of Section 6.02, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) occurs, the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
 (b) At any time after the
principal of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable (or have become immediately due and payable), and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding hereunder, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the
Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Notes and the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any and all Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and
premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum expressed in the Notes to the date of such payment or deposit and all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s counsel) and compensation for the Trustee’s services) and (ii) any and all Events of Default under this
Indenture with respect to the Notes, other than the nonpayment of principal and interest, if any, on Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.04. No such
rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 (c) In the event of any Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(d), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action
by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose: 
 (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that
is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; 
 (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration,
notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or 
 (3) the default that is the basis for such
Event of Default has been cured. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as shall be most effectual to protect and enforce such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any
covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy. 

  
 95 

 The Trustee may institute and maintain a suit or legal proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may, on behalf of the
Holders of all the Notes by written notice to the Trustee, waive an existing Default except (i) a Default in the payment of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, (ii) a Default arising from
the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (iii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected;
provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration in accordance
with Section 6.02. When a Default is waived, it shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent
right. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that (i) such direction shall not conflict with law or this Indenture
or expose the Trustee to personal liability, or be unduly prejudicial to Holders not joining therein, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any
action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against all fees, losses and expenses related to taking or not taking such action. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to execute
any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and
accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes held by such Holder when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default with respect to the Notes is continuing; 

(b) Holders of at least 25% in the aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Notes have requested in writing that the Trustee pursue the
remedy; 
 (c) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or
expense in connection therewith; 
 (d) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer
of security or indemnity; and 
 (e) Holders of a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a
direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder of Notes may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights
of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

  
 96 

 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after their Maturity Dates, or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after their Maturity Dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and any amounts provided
for hereunder. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any
judicial proceedings relative to the Company and the Guarantors, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute
the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee or liquidator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent
to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due to the
Trustee hereunder. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the
rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10 Priorities. Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI with respect to the Notes
shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee, and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee acting in any capacity hereunder and any Agent, for all
amounts due hereunder; 
 SECOND: to Holders, for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for the principal amount of, premium, if any, and
accrued and unpaid interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Company. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing, by any party litigant in the suit, of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not
apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes. 

Section 6.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) agrees that it shall not at any
time insist upon, plead or in any manner whatsoever claim to take the benefit or advantage of any stay or extension law, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which 

  
 97 

 
may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and
shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in the exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own
affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes: 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with
respect to the Notes, as modified or supplemented by a supplemental indenture hereto, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Notes, conclusively rely, as to the
truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions
which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or
investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility or liability for any information set forth therein). 

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith
unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (3) the Trustee shall not be
liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 

  
 98 

 (4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk
its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. 

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, notice, report, bond, request, direction, consent, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee need not investigate any fact
or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents or attorneys and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney
appointed by it with due care. No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for or have any liability for any act or omission by any Depositary. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or willful misconduct. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its choice, and the advice or opinion of counsel shall be full and complete authorization and
protection in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in reliance thereon. 
 (f) Unless otherwise specifically
provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company, and the Trustee may rely thereon. 

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such a Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the office of the Trustee, and such notice references such Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a
notice of Default. 

  
 99 

 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee hereunder,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities and any Agent. 

(i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the fees, costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by the
Trustee in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (j) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company,
personally or by agent or attorney. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in
good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its duties or powers hereunder. 

(m) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate of incumbency setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (n) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable
for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or other force majeure events, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the
Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

(o) The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, as amended, the Trustee, in accordance
with requirements applicable to financial institutions, may be required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. Each party to this
Indenture agrees that it will provide the Trustee with such information as the Trustee may request in order for the Trustee to comply with the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act applicable to the Trustee. 

(p) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential losses or damages (including, but not
limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of 

  
 100 

 
whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(q) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to
taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate. 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with
Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s uses of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or the Guarantors
in this Indenture, in the Notes or in any document executed in connection with the sale of the Notes, other than those set forth in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes shall be taken as
the statements of the Company and the Guarantors, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility or liability for their correctness. 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail (or electronically deliver in accordance with the procedures of DTC) to each Holder notice of the Default within 60 days after it occurs, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived.
The Trustee may withhold the notice (except in the case of a Default in payment of principal, premium or interest) if and so long as the Trustee determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, unless otherwise
specified in the applicable Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate, within 60 days after each July 15 beginning with July 15, 2017 for so long as Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee shall mail or
otherwise deliver to each Holder a brief report dated as of such reporting date in accordance with and to the extent required under § 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall also comply with § 313(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture
Act. 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are
listed, if required by the rules of such stock exchange. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee (acting in any capacity
hereunder) and any Agent from time to time compensation for all services rendered by the Trustee as the Company and the Trustee shall agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of
an express trust. The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder) and any Agent upon request for all reasonable and duly documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by
it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, including costs of collection and the fees, expenses and disbursements of their respective agents and counsel, in addition to the reasonable compensation for their respective services. The
Company and Guarantors shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder) or any Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all loss, liability or expense incurred on its part,
arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise
or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The 

  
 101 

 
Trustee or any Agent shall notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure to
so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company and Guarantors of their indemnity obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the rights of the Company or the Guarantors are actually prejudiced by such failure. Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor will need to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party attributable to such party’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order. The Company and the Guarantors shall not be obligated to pay any settlement effected without their prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). 

To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to
the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay the principal of or interest on particular Notes. 

The Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 and the rights, protections and indemnities
afforded to the Trustee and any Agent under this Article VII shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent, as the case may be. When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses
after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 

Any right, protection and indemnity provided to the Trustee hereunder shall also be afforded to any Agent hereunder or under any supplemental
indenture. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing at least 30
days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing not less than 30 days
prior to the effective date of such removal. The Company shall remove the Trustee: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not
reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to the Notes for which it is acting as Trustee under this

  
 102 

 
Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail or otherwise deliver a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office
within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee with respect to fees, expenses and liabilities incurred by it prior to such replacement. The retiring
or removed Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for the action or inaction of any successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.09
Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person without
any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation
to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and
deliver such Notes so authenticated; and if at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

Any corporation into which the Trustee or any Paying Agent may be merged or converted, or any corporation with which the Trustee or Paying
Agent may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee or Paying Agent shall be a party, or any corporation, including affiliated corporations, to which the Trustee or Paying Agent
shall sell or otherwise transfer: (a) all or substantially all of its assets or (b) all or substantially all of its corporate trust business shall, on the date when the merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer becomes effective and to
the extent permitted by any applicable laws and subject to any credit rating requirements set out in this Indenture become the successor Trustee or Paying Agent under this Indenture or any supplemental indenture without the execution or filing of
any paper or any further act on the part of the parties to this Indenture, unless otherwise required by the Company, and after the said effective date all references in this Indenture or supplemental indenture to the Trustee or any Paying Agent
shall be deemed to be references to such successor corporation. Written notice of any such merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer shall immediately be given to the Company by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable. 

  
 103 

 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy
the requirements of Trust Indenture Act § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply
with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) the following: (i) the Notes issued under this Indenture and (ii) any other indenture or
indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) are met. 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company and Guarantors. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture
Act § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or has been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 

ARTICLE VIII 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE, COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

AND SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at any time, elect to have either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02 with respect to the Notes, the Company and each Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with
respect to all Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the
entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and
(b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following
provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the Company’s obligations with
respect to the Notes under Article II hereof; 
 (b) the rights, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee (and any Agent)
hereunder and the Company’s and Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, the rights of the Trustee (and any Agent) and the duties of the Company and Guarantors under Section 7.07, which shall
survive despite the satisfaction in full of all obligations hereunder); and 
 (c) Sections 8.02, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 8.07 and
8.08 hereof. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. In the event that the Company terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture by exercising the Legal Defeasance option or the Covenant Defeasance
option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 

  
 104 

 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 with respect Notes, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the
covenants contained in Sections 4.02 (other than Section 4.02(e)), 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 5.01(a)(4) of this Indenture on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection
with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that the Notes shall not be deemed Outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an
Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) (only with respect to defeased covenants hereunder), 6.01(d) and 6.01(e) hereof
shall not constitute Events of Default with respect to such Notes. In the event that the Company terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture by exercising the Legal Defeasance option or the Covenant Defeasance option, the
obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of such Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the Outstanding Notes: 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with
respect to the Notes: 
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, in
trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, Government Securities or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered, or cause to be delivered, to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered, or cause to be delivered, to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject

  
 105 

 
to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date the Company makes such deposits (other
than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit or the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting with respect
to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting
of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (f) the Company shall have delivered, or shall have caused to be delivered, to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and 

(g) the Company shall have delivered, or shall have caused to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have
been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money, Government Securities (including any proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
the Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company and Guarantors shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash,
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes. 

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money, Government Securities Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 

  
 106 

 
8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request
or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof as general creditors, unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another
person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date
specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Section 8.07 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. If at any time: 

(a) either: 
 (1)
all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
or 
 (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of any Notes, cash in U.S. dollars,
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (b) the Company
has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (c) the Company has delivered irrevocable
instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and 

(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that
all conditions precedent relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to have been complied with, 

  
 107 

 then this Indenture shall thereupon cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except for the
rights, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, the rights of the Trustee and the duties of the Company and the
Guarantors under Section 7.07, which shall survive despite the satisfaction in full of all obligations hereunder) and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.07: 

(1) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II; 

(2) the agreements of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors set forth in Article V; and 

(3) Sections 8.02, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 8.07, 8.08 and 11.11 hereof, shall each survive until the Notes have been paid in full.

 Upon the Company’s exercise of this Section 8.07, the Trustee, on demand of the Company and at the cost and expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to the Notes. 

Section 8.08 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities
Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all
such money in accordance this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of the Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE
IX 
 AMENDMENTS 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the
Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or
inconsistency; 
 (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the
provisions of this Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder (as determined in good faith by the Company (which determination shall be
conclusive)); 
 (c) to comply with Section 5.01; 

  
 108 

 (d) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s
obligations to the Holders; 
 (e) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or
that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder (as determined in good faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive)); 

(f) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any
Guarantor; 
 (g) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee
hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof; 
 (h) to provide for the issuance of exchange Notes or private exchange Notes
that are identical to exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; 
 (i) to provide for the issuance of
Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (j) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture and to allow a Guarantor
to execute a supplemental indenture or guarantee the Notes or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(k) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provisions of the “Description of
Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes (as determined in good faith by the
Company (which determination shall be conclusive)); 
 (l) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating
to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result
in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes (in each case, as determined in good faith
by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive)); 
 (m) to provide for the issuance of the Notes in a manner
consistent with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (n) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders. Except as provided
below, this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, including consents obtained in connection
with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a 

  
 109 

 
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). However,
without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or supplement may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder: 

(a) make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes required for amendments or waivers; 

(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any Note or change the date on which any Notes may be subject
to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor; 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest
on any Note; 
 (d) (A) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a
rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all then Outstanding Notes, and a waiver of the Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) that resulted from such acceleration, or
(B) waive a Default in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; 

(e) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars; 

(f) make any change in Section 9.01 or this Section 9.02; 

(g) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes
on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Guarantees; or 

(h) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders thereof. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
or supplement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 For purposes of determining whether the Holders
of the requisite principal amount of Notes have taken any action under this Indenture, the principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be the principal amount of Notes as of (i) if a record date has been set with respect to the taking of such
action, such date or (ii) if no such record date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Company. 

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a
Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder
or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment,
supplement or 

  
 110 

 
waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of such Note affected by such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of
the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Trustee or the Company so determine, the Company in exchange for the Note
shall issue and the Trustee, upon a Company Order, shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments. Upon the request of the Company, the Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or
waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not affect the rights, duties or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture or otherwise. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing
any amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be provided with and shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general equity principles. The Trustee shall also be entitled to request indemnity satisfactory to it in connection with signing an amendment, supplement or waiver or taking any action (or refraining
from taking any action) thereunder or in connection therewith. 
 Section 9.06 Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any
Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or
provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders, ratably, that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement. The Trustee shall have no duty or obligation with respect to the Company’s obligations under this Section 9.06. 

ARTICLE X 

GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01 Guarantees. 

(a) Ashland and each other Guarantor that guarantees the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, jointly and severally, irrevocably and
unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and the Trustee and their successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all
obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes, on the terms
set forth in this Indenture by executing this Indenture (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or
renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

  
 111 

 (b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of
any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any Default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. 

(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a
guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

(d) Except as expressly set forth in Section 10.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction,
limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of
the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. 
 (e) Subject to Section 10.02 and 10.03
hereof, each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated,
as the case may be, if at any time payment of, or any part thereof, principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise. 
 (f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the
Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary
obligations of the Company to the Trustee. 
 (g) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation
to the Trustee in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the
maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due
and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01. 

  
 112 

 (h) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 
 (i) Each
Guarantor shall promptly execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

Section 10.02 Limitation on Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal
or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that, any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the
maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed
Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such
payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Section 10.03 Releases. A Guarantee as to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, without further action required on the part of the Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee or any Holder of Notes, upon: 

(a) any direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital
Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, if such sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition is not in violation of the applicable terms of this Indenture; 

(b) the release or discharge of the Indebtedness or guarantee of Indebtedness by such Subsidiary Guarantor that resulted in the
creation of such Guarantee except a release or discharge by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement will constitute a release for the purposes of this provision);
provided that at the time of such release or discharge, such Subsidiary Guarantor is not then a guarantor or an obligor in respect of any other Indebtedness that would require it to provide a Guarantee of the Notes under the Indenture; 

(c) the sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
in a transaction that is not in violation of the applicable terms of this Indenture, to any Person who is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary; 

(d) the release or discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee, and of all pledges and security, if any, granted
by such Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, except a release or discharge by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to

  
 113 

 
a contingent reinstatement will constitute a release for the purposes of this provision); provided that at the time of such release or discharge, such Subsidiary Guarantor is not then a
guarantor or an obligor in respect of any other Indebtedness that would require it to provide a Guarantee of the Notes under this Indenture; 

(e) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance
with Section 4.07 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; 
 (f) the merger or consolidation of any
Subsidiary Guarantor with and into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor or upon the liquidation of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor; or 

(g) the Company exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option with respect to the Notes pursuant to
Article VIII or the Company’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged with respect to the Notes in accordance with Article VIII; 

and, in the case of this clauses (a) through (g) above, such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the release of such Guarantee shall have been complied with. 

Upon request of the Company or the Applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee shall evidence such release by a supplemental indenture or
other instrument which may be executed by the Trustee without the consent of any Holder of Notes. 
 Ashland shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged from the Ashland Guarantee and from all of its obligations under this Indenture (including such obligations under Section 7.07, 10.01 and 10.02, and the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall have
deemed to have consented to such release without any action on the part of Ashland, the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article XII. 

Section 10.04 Successors and Assigns. This Article X shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall
inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in
the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 

Section 10.05 No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right,
power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and
the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

  
 114 

 Section 10.06 Additional Guarantees. Following the Assumption Date, the Company shall
cause each Restricted Subsidiary that (a) incurs or guarantees any Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or (b) other than a Foreign Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company of the Company, guarantees other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $25.0 million, to guarantee the Notes. 

Section 10.07 Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Other than the Subsidiaries becoming a Guarantor on the
Assumption Date in accordance with Section 12.01, each Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.06 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of
Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article X and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate each stating that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and that, subject to the application of
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such
Subsidiary Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms. 

Section 10.08 Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Notes shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

 Section 10.09 Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the Guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 11.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and any provision of this
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the required or deemed provision shall control. 

Section 11.02 Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, electronic mail, facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery addressed as follows: 
 If to the Company
or any Guarantor: 
 Valvoline Inc. 
 3499 Blazer Parkway 

Lexington, KY 40509-1850 
 Attention: Julie M. O’Daniel, Esq.

 with copies for information purposes only to: 
 Cravath,
Swaine & Moore LLP 
 825 Eighth Ave 
 New York, NY
10019 
 Facsimile: (212) 474-3700 
 Attention: Andrew J.
Pitts, Esq. 

  
 115 

 If to the Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 
 Global Corporate Trust Services

 425 Walnut Street, 6th Floor 
 Cincinnati, OH 45202 

Attention: William Sicking 
 Facsimile: 513.632.5511 

Email: william.sicking@usbank.com 
 The Company
or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 Any
notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested) to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be
sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed (or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC). 
 Notices given by
publication or electronic delivery will be deemed given on the first date on which publication or electronic delivery is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing or
transmitting. 
 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or any Notes, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice
of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the customary procedures of
such Depositary. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect
to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

Section 11.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act § 312(b)
with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act § 312(c). 

Section 11.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to
take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an
Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

Section 11.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

  
 116 

 (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition (and the related definitions); 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c)
a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied
with. 
 Section 11.06 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a
meeting of Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 Section 11.07 Legal
Holidays. “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are required to be closed in the State of New York or a place of payment with respect to the Notes. If a payment date is a
Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a Regular Record Date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 

Section 11.08 Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 11.09 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No present, past
or future director, officer, employee, member, partner, incorporator or equity holder of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies (except for the Company or any
Subsidiary in its capacity as obligor or guarantor in respect of the Notes and not in its capacity as equity holder of any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the
Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes. 
 Section 11.10 Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and
the Notes shall bind its successors (other than as contemplated by Sections 5.02(b) or 10.03). All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

Section 11.11 Multiple Originals; Electronic Signatures. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as
to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

Section 11.12 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO 

  
 117 

 
THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 11.13 Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections
of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 11.14 Severability. If any provision in this Indenture is deemed unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other provision set forth herein, or of this Indenture as a whole. 
 Section 11.15 Submission to Jurisdiction
and Venue. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS
INDENTURE, EACH PARTY HERETO, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO AND ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH
PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE PARTY; AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE PARTY IN ANY SUCH
PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND AGREES EACH OTHER PARTY RETAINS THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY PARTY IN
THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION HAVING JURISDICTION OVER SUCH PARTY. 
 ARTICLE XII 

THE TRANSACTIONS 

Section 12.01 The Assumption. Prior to the date of the Assumption Date, only Finco Two and Ashland, but none of Ashland’s
other Subsidiaries, will have any Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, and such other Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants set forth in this Indenture and the Notes. 

Subject to satisfaction of the following conditions, upon consummation of the Assumption (a) Finco Two will merge with and into
Valvoline, with Valvoline as the surviving corporation, and Valvoline shall assume the obligations of Finco Two under this Indenture and the Notes by executing a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit E hereto and (b) the Ashland
Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released: 
 (a) Valvoline and each of Valvoline’s direct and
indirect Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantees the Senior Secured Credit Facilities shall have executed a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit E hereto evidencing their guarantee of the Company’s obligations under the
Notes in accordance with Article X; and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Valvoline and each Subsidiary Guarantor and, subject
to customary exceptions, is a valid and binding obligation of the Company and each such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against the Company and each such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms; 

  
 118 

 (b) the Company shall have provided an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee
certifying that none of Valvoline or any of the Subsidiaries of Ashland that will become a Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the Assumption have taken any action (or omitted to take any action) that would constitute a Default or Event of Default
under this Indenture or the Notes assuming that (i) Valvoline was the initial issuer of the Notes and all entities constituting the Valvoline Business that will become Restricted Subsidiaries were Restricted Subsidiaries during the period of
time from the Issue Date through the Assumption Date and (ii) Valvoline and such Restricted Subsidiaries had been subject to the provisions of Indenture and the Notes on and from the Issue Date to the Assumption Date; provided that
compliance with Section 4.09 shall be determined as if the Company did not have the ability to incur Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) between the Issue Date and the Assumption Date; and 

(c) as of the Assumption Date, (i) all of the assets that constitute the Valvoline Business as of such date shall have
been transferred to and be held by the Company and its Subsidiaries or shall be available for use pursuant to the transition services and other intercompany agreements described in the Offering Memorandum (it being understood that failure to
transfer immaterial assets of the Valvoline Business to the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not cause this condition not to be satisfied so long as the financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum fairly presented, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Valvoline Business as if it were owned, directly or indirectly, by Valvoline, on the basis stated in the Offering Memorandum in accordance with GAAP), (ii) all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(b)(28) shall have been extinguished and repaid in full (iii) Valvoline and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have entered into the Registration Rights Agreement and a joinder agreement to the purchase agreement for the Notes and
(iv) the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions set forth in this Section 12.01 have been satisfied. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 119 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above. 
  

			
	VALVOLINE FINCO TWO LLC,
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jason Thompson

		 	Name: Jason Thompson
		 	Title: Treasurer
	
	ASHLAND INC., as Initial Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Peter J. Ganz

		 	Name: Peter J. Ganz
		 	Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

  
 [Signature page
– Indenture] 

 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ William E. Sicking

		 	Name: William E. Sicking
		 	Title: Vice President & Trust Officer

  
 [Signature page
– Indenture]Q1 2017 Exhibit 10.33

Exhibit 10.33

	

	
DATED:
	 
	
REAL ESTATE/084033-00006/ABC/JWXC

L_LIVE_EMEA1:33711827v3

	

Lease

between

	
AG Commercial St. I.B.V.

as Landlord

DXI Limited 

as Tenant

8x8, Inc.

as Tenant's Guarantor

 

and

	
One Commercial Street Management Company Limited

as Management Company

 

relating to

	
Third Floor, Relay Building, 1 Commercial Street, London E1 

   

Simmons & Simmons LLP     CityPoint     One Ropemaker Street     London     EC2Y 9SS     United Kingdom

T    +44 20 7628 2020     F    +44 20 7628 2070     DX Box No 12

 

CONTENTS

	
PART 1 : INTERPRETATION OF THIS LEASE
	
1

	
1.
	
Interpretation
	
1

	
PART 2 : CREATION OF THE LETTING AND RIGHTS AND RESERVATIONS
	
9

	
2.
	
Letting and term
	
9

	
3.
	
Rights and reservations
	
11

	
PART 3 : RENTS
	
13

	
4.
	
Rents
	
13

	
5.
	
Rent review
	
15

	
6.
	
Determination of disputes
	
17

	
PART 4 : INSURANCE
	
18

	
7.
	
Insurance obligations
	
18

	
PART 5 : TENANT'S COVENANTS
	
22

	
8.
	
Financial obligations
	
22

	
9.
	
Repair and redecoration
	
24

	
10.
	
Alterations
	
25

	
11.
	
Use of the Premises
	
27

	
12.
	
Assignment
	
29

	
13.
	
Underletting
	
31

	
14.
	
Sharing occupation, etc.
	
33

	
15.
	
Charging
	
33

	
16.
	
Notification of dispositions
	
33

	
17.
	
Legislation
	
34

	
18.
	
Third party rights
	
35

	
19.
	
Title matters
	
35

	
20.
	
End of the Term
	
36

	
PART 6 : LANDLORD'S COVENANTS AND MANAGEMENT COMPANY'S COVENANTS
	
38

	
21.
	
Landlord's obligations
	
38

                                                                   i

	
PART 7 : SUPERIOR LEASES
	
39

	
22.
	
Superior Leases
	
39

	
PART 8 : SERVICES AND SERVICE CHARGE
	
40

	
23.
	
Services and Service Charge
	
40

	
PART 9 : GUARANTOR'S OBLIGATIONS
	
44

	
24.
	
Tenant's Guarantor
	
44

	
PART 10 : GENERAL PROVISIONS
	
44

	
25.
	
Tenant's option to renew
	
45

	
26.
	
Contractual rights of third parties
	
47

	
27.
	
Third party disputes
	
47

	
28.
	
Assignment of reversion
	
47

	
29.
	
Notices
	
47

	
30.
	
Law and jurisdiction
	
48

	
31.
	
Execution and delivery
	
48

	
SCHEDULE 1 : THE PREMISES
	
49

	
PART 1 : DEFINITION OF THE PREMISES
	
49

	
1.
	
Identification of the Premises
	
49

	
2.
	
Areas included in the Premises
	
49

	
3.
	
Areas excluded from the Premises
	
49

	
PART 2 : THE SERVICES SYSTEMS
	
50

	
SCHEDULE 2 : RIGHTS GRANTED
	
51

	
1.
	
Conduits
	
51

	
2.
	
Rights of access
	
51

	
3.
	
Support
	
51

	
4.
	
Signage
	
51

	
5.
	
Basement Facilities
	
52

	
SCHEDULE 3 : RIGHTS RESERVED
	
53

	
1.
	
Conduits and Services
	
53

                                                                   ii

	
2.
	
Building and Adjoining Premises
	
53

	
3.
	
Entry on to the Premises
	
54

	
4.
	
Support
	
54

	
5.
	
Fire escapes
	
55

	
6.
	
Superior Leases
	
55

	
SCHEDULE 4 : TITLE MATTERS
	
56

	
SCHEDULE 5 : GUARANTEE PROVISIONS
	
57

	
1.
	
Defined terms
	
57

	
2.
	
Effect of the Guarantee
	
58

	
3.
	
Postponement of rights
	
58

	
4.
	
Event of Default
	
59

	
SCHEDULE 6 : PROVISIONS FOR UNDERLETTING
	
61

	
PART 1 : TERMS OF THE UNDERLEASE
	
61

	
1.
	
General terms
	
61

	
2.
	
Fine or premium
	
61

	
3.
	
Rents
	
61

	
4.
	
Underlease term
	
61

	
5.
	
Tenant's Covenants
	
61

	
6.
	
Assignment and charging
	
61

	
7.
	
Subletting
	
62

	
8.
	
Sharing of occupation
	
62

	
PART 2 : UNDERTENANT'S COVENANTS
	
63

	
1.
	
Defined terms
	
63

	
2.
	
To observe terms of this Lease, etc
	
63

	
SCHEDULE 7 : SERVICES AND ITEMS OF EXPENDITURE
	
64

	
PART 1 : THE BUILDING SERVICES
	
64

	
PART 2 : THE OFFICE SERVICES
	
65

	
PART 3 : THE CHP SERVICES
	
66

                                                                   iii

	
PART 4 : ITEMS OF EXPENDITURE
	
66

	
SCHEDULE 8 : PROVISIONS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE 25
	
69

	
APPENDIX 1 : BASE BUILD SPECIFICATION
	
69

   

   

   

   

   

                                                                   iv

	
LR1.Date of lease
	22 June 2016  

	
LR2.Title number(s)
	
LR2.1Landlord's title number(s)

EGL232876, EGL464570, AGL249526 and AGL315382

	
LR2.2Other title numbers

AGL249525, AGL240234 and AGL240244

	
LR3.Parties to this lease

Give full names and addresses of each of the parties.  For UK incorporated companies and limited liability partnerships, also give the registered number including
any prefix.  For overseas companies, also give the territory of incorporation and, if appropriate, the registered number in the United Kingdom including any prefix.
	
Landlord

AG COMMERCIAL ST. I.B.V. incorporated and registered in Netherlands (company registration number 000029897165) whose registered office is at Prinsengracht
919, 1017KD Amsterdam

	
Tenant

DXI LIMITED registered in England and Wales (company registration number 7840563) whose registered office is 21 New Street, London EC2M
4HR.

	
Other parties

Tenant's Guarantor

8X8, INC. a Delaware corporation registered with corporation number 2676673 whose business office is at 2125 O'Nel Drive, San Jose, California 95131.

Management Company

ONE COMMERCIAL STREET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED registered in England and Wales (company registration number 07949192) whose registered
office is First Floor-AG, 23 Saville Row, London W1S 2ET

	
LR4.Property

 
	
In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes
of registration, this clause shall prevail.

The premises described in part 1 of schedule 1

                                                                   v

	
LR5.Prescribed statements etc.

 
	
LR5.1Statements prescribed under rules 179 (dispositions in favour of a charity), 180 (dispositions by
a charity) or 196 (leases under the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993) of the Land Registration Rules 2003.

Not applicable

	 	
LR5.2This lease is made under, or by reference to, provisions of:

Not applicable

	
LR6.Term for which the Property is lease
	
10 years from and including the Term Commencement Date to and including      21 June 2026.

	
LR7.Premium
	
None.

	
LR8.Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease

 
	
This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.

	
LR9.Rights of acquisition etc.
	
LR9.1Tenant's contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the
Property, or to acquire an interest in other land

Tenant's option to renew at clause 25 and Schedule 8.

	 	
LR9.2Tenant's covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease

None

	 	
LR9.3Landlord's contractual rights to acquire this lease

None

	
LR10.Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the
Property.
	
None

	
LR11.Easements

 
	
LR11.1Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property

schedule 2

	 	
LR11.2Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other
property

schedule 3

                                                                   vi

	
LR12.Estate rentcharge burdening the Property

 
	
None

	
LR13.Application for standard form of restriction
	
None.

	
LR14.Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant

 
	
Not applicable.

   

   

   

                                                                   vii

PARTICULARS

	
Date
	
                                 22 June 2016

	
Landlord
	
The Landlord referred to in clause LR3 and the person from time to time entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on termination of the
term.

	
Tenant
	
The Tenant referred to in clause LR3 or the person who is from time to time the Tenant under this Lease.

	
Tenant's Guarantor
	
The Tenant's Guarantor referred to in clause LR3 or if none is referred to Tenant's Guarantor means any guarantor or guarantors of the Tenant's
obligations under this Lease from time to time and where the Tenant's Guarantor is an individual includes the Tenant's Guarantor's personal representatives.

	
Management Company
	
The Management Company referred to in clause LR3.

	
Authorised Use
	
The use of the Premises for office purposes within Class B1 of the Use Classes Order.

	
Break Date
	
      22 June 2022.

	
Building
	
The building known as Relay Building, 1 Commercial Street, London E1 described in more detail in clause 1.1.

	
Declaration
	
A statutory declaration dated  20 June 2016 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 2 to the Order in response to the
Notice.

	
Guarantor Declaration
	
A statutory declaration dated  20 June 2016 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 2 to the Order in response to the
Guarantor Notice.

	
Guarantor Notice
	
A notice to the Tenant's Guarantor dated 17 June 2016 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 1 to the Order in relation to the tenancy to be entered into
by the Tenant's Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 5 of this Lease.

	
Notice
	
A notice dated 17 June 2016 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 1 to the Order in relation to the tenancy created by this
Lease.

	
Order
	
The Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003.

	
Premises
	
The Property referred to in clause LR4

	
Principal Rent
	
From and including the Term Commencement Date to and including  21 December 2017, the rent of one peppercorn per annum (if demanded);
from and including the Rent Commencement Date, the rent of eight hundred and seventy five thousand two hundred and fifteen pounds (£875,215) per annum subject to
review under clause 5.

                                                                   1

	
Rent Commencement Date
	
   22 December  2017.

	
Review Date
	
   22 June    2021.

	
Term
	
The term of years referred to in clause LR6.

	
Term Commencement Date
	
     22 June  2016.

This Lease creates a "new tenancy" for the purposes of the 1995 Act.

   

   

   

                                                                   2

	
THIS LEASE is dated on the date set out in the Particulars and made

BETWEEN:

(1)               The Landlord;

(2)               The Tenant;

(3)               The Tenant's Guarantor; and

(4)               The Management Company.

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT: 

PART 1 : 

 INTERPRETATION OF THIS LEASE

1. 

Interpretation

1.1 Defined terms

In this Lease, unless the contrary intention appears:

"1954 Act" means the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

"1995 Act" means the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

"AC Energy" means the quantities of electricity and gas consumed from time to time by those elements of the Services Systems the function of which
is the generation of hot water and chilled water for the operation of the air conditioning systems within the Building.

"Adjoining Premises" means any land, buildings or structures near or adjoining the Building in or over which the Landlord or any other person owns
an estate or interest from time to time.

"Alterations" means any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises.

"Authorised Guarantee Agreement" means an authorised guarantee agreement for the purposes of s.16 of the 1995 Act.

"Base Specification" means the works detailed in the specification annexed to this Lease.

"Basement Car Park Lease" means the lease of basement premises, Ibis London City Hotel, 5 Commercial Street, London E1 6BF dated 12
September 2011 made between (1) Mangrove Securities Limited and (2) DK Holdings Limited which is registered at the Land Registry with title number AGL240244 and includes any documents
supplemental to it.

"Building" means the building of which the Premises form part which is shown for identification edged blue on Plan A and:

(A)includes all Conduits from time to time within or leading to the Building which serve it and which do not form part of the public mains; and

(B)includes the Services Systems and all other landlord's fixtures forming part of the Building from time to time; and

                                                                   1

(C)includes all additions, alterations and other works made to the Building from time to time (but only including the Alterations to the extent that the Tenant has given
the Landlord full details of the same pursuant to clause 11.5(G)); and

(D)excludes any tenant's fixtures forming part of the Building from time to time.

"Building Services" means the services set out in Part 1 of Schedule 7.

"Business Hours" means the hours of 7 am to 7 pm Mondays to Fridays, excluding in each case all usual bank or public holidays, or such longer
hours on those days and such hours on such other days as the Landlord may from time to time determine.

"CDM Regulations" means the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2015.

"CHP Services" means the services set out in Part 3 of Schedule 7.

"Conduits" means all conducting media and ancillary apparatus used for the passage or transmission of Utilities or used by the Service Systems.

"CRC" means the carbon reduction commitment and trading scheme established by the CRC Order.

"CRC Costs" means the aggregate of the costs incurred by the Landlord (or by any undertaking which is treated for the purposes of the CRC Order
as being a member of the same group as the Landlord) whether directly or indirectly, wholly or in connection with or in relation to its obligations under the CRC Order, including without limitation
registering and maintaining its registration as a participant in CRC; complying with the reporting requirements of CRC; and acquiring, financing, administering, and surrendering or recycling
allowances in accordance with its obligations under the CRC Order.

"CRC Net Costs" means the excess of the CRC Costs over such amount as is received by the Landlord (or by any undertaking which is treated for
the purposes of the CRC Order as being a member of the same group as the Landlord) for the surrender or recycling of allowances pursuant to the CRC Order in any Accounting Period (as
defined in clause 23.1).

"CRC Order" means the CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme Order 2010.

"Current Guarantor" means someone who, immediately before a proposed assignment, is either a guarantor of the Tenant's obligations
under this Lease or a guarantor of the obligations given by a former tenant of this Lease under an Authorised Guarantee Agreement;

"DEC" means Display Energy Certificate as defined in the EPC Regulations;

"Energy Centre" means the energy centre from which Heat is supplied (inter alia) to the Premises

"Energy Charge" means the cost of that proportion of AC Energy attributable to the provision of hot water and chilled water to the air conditioning
systems serving the Premises as evidenced by meters installed for the purpose of measuring such proportion or as reasonably determined by the Landlord or the Management Company based
on the tariff to be set by the Landlord or the Management Company such cost to include:

                                                                   2

(A)the standing charges, meter rents and the costs of metered units and all other existing and future levies, costs and taxes payable in respect of that provision of
that AC Energy; or

(B)the reasonable and proper administrative costs in connection with that provision of energy.

"Energy Documents" means all or any (as relevant) of the EPC, the DEC and the Recommendation Report;

"EPC" means Energy Performance Certificate as defined in the EPC Regulations;

"EPC Policy" means the Landlord's reasonable policy (if any) for energy efficiency for the Property as revised from time to time;

"EPC Rating" means the operational rating asset rating or energy efficiency rating accorded to the Property in the EPC (in accordance with the Regulations);

"EPC Regulations" means the Energy Performance of Buildings (Certificates and Inspections) (England and Wales) Regulations 2007 (as
amended and supplemented from time to time);

"Event of Insolvency" means any of the following:

(A)the Tenant is deemed to be unable to pay its debts under s.123 Insolvency Act 1986 (if a company) or s.268 Insolvency Act 1986 (if an individual); or

(B)proceedings are taken against the Tenant or the Tenant makes any agreement, arrangement, scheme or composition with its creditors, including a voluntary
arrangement under part I (if a company) or part VIII (if an individual) of the Insolvency Act 1986; or

(C)if the Tenant is a company:

(1)it has an administration order made against it under the Insolvency Act 1986 or a petition is presented or made; or

(2)notice of intention to appoint an administrator is given; or

(3)an administrator is appointed; or

(4)a resolution is passed approving the presentation of any such petition, the making of any such application or appointment of an administrator; or

 (D)if the Tenant is an individual, a bankruptcy petition against him is presented to the Court, he has a bankruptcy order made against him or he is otherwise
adjudged to be bankrupt; or

(E)any step is taken to enforce security over or to obtain possession of the Premises of the Tenant including the appointment of an interim receiver, receiver,
administrative receiver (in the case of a debenture to which the Tenant is a party created before 15 September 2003); or

(F)if the Tenant is a company, any step is taken by any person, including the Tenant, with a view to the winding up, whether solvent or insolvent, of the Tenant, or the
Tenant ceases to carry on all or a material part of its business, except for and followed by a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganisation, merger or consolidation of the Tenant while solvent;
or

                                                                   3

(G)in respect of a Tenant incorporated or resident in a jurisdiction outside England and Wales, any event or circumstance occurs which under the laws of that
jurisdiction has an analogous or equivalent effect to any of the Events of Insolvency defined in this definition; or

(H)any of the Events of Insolvency defined in this definition occur in relation to any guarantor of the Tenant.

"Expiry of the Term":  the date of the expiration (but not of any sooner determination) of the Term;

"Fit-Out Guide" means the Cushman & Wakefield Guide to Sustainable Office Fit-Out for the Building (October 2015) a copy of which was
supplied to the Tenant before it became bound to enter into this Lease and/or any other reasonable fit-out regulations made by the Landlord or the Management Company at any time.

"Ground Floor Corridor Lease" means the lease of ground floor, Ibis London City Hotel, 5 Commercial Street, London E1 6BF dated 12 September
2011 made between (1) Mangrove Securities Limited and (2) Julius Properties Limited which is registered at the Land Registry with title number AGL240234 and includes any documents
supplemental to it.

"Group Company" means, in relation to any company, another company which is a member of the same group of companies as that company within
the meaning of s.42 of the 1954 Act.

"Hazardous Material" means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form, which is or may become a pollutant or which is hazardous,
toxic, radioactive, noxious, corrosive or caustic.

"Health and Safety File" means any health and safety file required by the CDM Regulations.

"Heat" means heat generated from the Heat Installations to be supplied to the Premises and other parts of the Building.

"Heat Charge" means the costs (excluding the Standing Charge) of providing Heat to the Premises as evidenced by meters installed for the purpose
of measuring such proportion or as reasonably determined by the Landlord or the Management Company based on the tariff to be set by the Landlord or the Management Company.

"Heat Installations" means the Energy Centre together with the network of pipes, wires and other ancillary plant and equipment that transfer Heat
from the Energy Centre to the Building (including the Premises) together with all connected meters and monitoring equipment.

"Insurance Event" means any damage or destruction of the Building by any of the Insured Risks which at the date of such damage or destruction is
covered by any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord under this Lease.

"Insurance Excess" means such amounts, if any, which are stated in any insurance policy maintained by the Landlord as being not payable to the
insured in respect of the first part of any loss resulting from the happening of any of the Insured Risks.

                                                                   4

"Insurance Rent" means the sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under clause 7.4.

"Insured Risks" means, so long as cover is available from time to time with reputable insurance offices in the United Kingdom or through underwriters
at Lloyd's on reasonable commercial terms and subject to the Insurance Excesses, exclusions and conditions of such cover, the following risks: fire; subterranean fire; lightning; storm; tempest;
flood; explosion; bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes or the escape of water from any of them; aircraft or other aerial devices or articles dropped or falling from any of them;
riot; civil commotion; malicious damage; impact; earthquake; Terrorist Activity; heave; subsidence and such other risks which the Landlord reasonably requires from time to time.

"Landlord's Covenants" means the obligations in this Lease to be complied with by the Landlord.

"Lease" means this lease and any document which is supplemental to it.

"Lettable Areas" means those parts of the Building let or designed to be let to occupational tenants excluding:

(A)any parts used or designed to be used by persons responsible for the provision of public utilities in connection with the carrying out of their statutory duties; and

(B)accommodation from time to time reserved in the Building for staff engaged in or employed in connection with the provision of the Services.

"LUL Lease" means the lease of airspace and structures above Aldgate East Underground Station, Whitechapel High Street, London dated 13
January 2012 made between (1) London Underground Limited and (2) Redrow Homes Limited which is registered at the Land Registry with title number AGL249526 and includes any documents
supplemental to it.

"Main Structure" means:

(A)all structural or loadbearing walls, columns, slabs, joists and beams forming part of the Building, its foundations and roofs and all external parts of the Building the
repair and maintenance of which are not the responsibility of tenants or other occupiers of the Building; and

(B)all party structures, boundary walls and railings, if any, within the boundaries of the Building; and

(C)all parts of the Building reserved for the housing of the Services Systems or otherwise required or used for the provision of the Services; and

(D)the Services Systems; and

(E)the basement car park and storage area (including the areas demised by the Ground Floor Corridor Lease and the Basement Car Park Lease).

"Management Company's Covenants" means the obligations in this Lease to be complied with by the Management Company.

"Office Common Parts" means the entrance halls, corridors, staircases, landings, lift lobbies, lifts, passages, lavatories, storerooms, service areas,
loading areas, car parking areas, storage areas and other areas in or forming part of the office parts of the Building from time to time intended for the common use of more than one office tenant
or office occupier but for the avoidance of doubt this excludes the Main Structure;

                                                                   5

"Office Services" means the services set out in Part 2 of Schedule 7.

"Outgoings" means any rates, taxes, charges, and outgoings from time to time assessed or charged on the Premises or payable by the owner or
occupier of them and includes a proper proportion, to be determined by the Landlord acting reasonably, of any amounts assessed, charged or payable in respect of the Building.

"Particulars" means the Particulars at the front of this Lease.

"Plans" means the plans annexed to this Lease and marked "Plan A" and "Plan B" and references to
individual Plans are to the Plans so marked.

"Planning Acts" means the planning Acts defined in s.336 Town and Country Planning Act 1990 together with the Planning and Compensation Act
1991 and any other Statute relating to town and country planning.

"Prescribed Rate" means four per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or such other clearing bank as the
Landlord may nominate or, if the clearing banks cease to publish a base rate, four per cent per annum above such reasonably comparable rate of interest as the Landlord may determine.

"Quarter Days" means 25 March, 24 June, 29 September and 25 December.

"Rating Proposal" means any proposal made to agree the rateable value of or amend the non-domestic rating list in respect of the Premises or the Building.

"Recommendation Report" means the recommendation report accompanying the EPC issued in accordance with the EPC Regulations. 

"Rents" mean the rents payable under clause 4.1.

"Residential Common Parts" means the entrance halls, corridors, staircases, landings, lift lobbies, lifts, passages, lavatories, storerooms, service
areas, loading areas, car parking areas, storage areas and other areas in or forming part of the residential parts of the Building from time to time intended for the common use of more than one
residential tenant or residential occupier or which are not designed to be let to occupational tenants but for the avoidance of doubt this excludes the Main Structure;

"Retained Parts" means all parts of the Building which do not comprise;

(A)Lettable Areas;

(B)the Office Common Parts; and

(C)the Residential Common Parts;

(D)and includes the Main Structure.

"Service Charge" means the sums payable by the Tenant under clause 23.3.

"Services" means the Building Services, the Office Services and the CHP Services.

                                                                   6

"Services Systems" means all electrical and mechanical apparatus, plant, machinery and equipment installed in the Building from time to time,
including those listed in Part 2 of schedule 1, used for the provision of services and facilities within or to the Building but excludes any installed by the Tenant or any other tenant or occupiers of
the Building which are tenant's fixtures.

"Standing Charge" means the administrative charges for billing of the Heat Charge and a provision for bad debt for non-payment of the Heat
Charge.

"Statute" means every Act of Parliament, including any named in this Lease, in force during the Term together with all other legislation having effect in
England and Wales.

"Superior Landlords" means the landlords for the time being of the Superior Leases.

"Superior Leases" means the LUL Lease, the TFL Leases, the Basement Car Park Lease and the Ground Floor Corridor Lease.

"Tenant's Covenants" means the obligations in this Lease to be complied with by the Tenant.

"Terrorist Activity" means any act of any person or persons acting on behalf of or in connection with any organisation, including any association or
combination of persons, which carries out activities directed towards the overthrowing or influencing by force or violence of Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or any other
government de jure or de facto.

"TFL Leases" means:

(A) the lease of airspace and structures above 1 Commercial Street, London E1 6BF dated 13 January 2012 made between (1) Transport for London and (2) Redrow
Homes Limited which is registered at the Land Registry with title number AGL249525 and includes any documents supplemental to it; and 

(B) the supplemental lease of airspace and structures above 1 Commercial Street, London E1 6BF dated 23 June 2014 made between (1) Transport for London and (2)
Redrow Homes Limited which is registered at the Land Registry with title number AGL315382 and includes any documents supplemental to it at the date of this Lease. 

"Uninsured Risk" means an Insured Risk against which insurance is not or ceases to be obtainable for such risks on normal commercial terms in the
London insurance market at reasonable commercial rates generally available in the London insurance market for a property of the type, size and location as the Building or an Insured Risk not
covered by any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord under this Lease. 

"Use Classes Order" means the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 as at the date of this Lease.

"Utilities" means the drainage of surface water and sewage and the supply or transmission of electricity, gas, telecommunications, water or any other
services or supplies made to or consumed in the Building.

"Value Added Tax" includes any future tax of a like nature.

                                                                   7

1.2 The Particulars

The Particulars form part of this Lease and words and expressions defined in the Particulars shall be treated as defined terms in this Lease.

1.3 Construction

In this Lease, unless the contrary intention appears:

(A) references to Statute include references to:

	that Statute as amended or re-enacted or as other Statutes modify its application from time to time; and

	any subordinate legislation made or to be made under that Statute; and

(B) references to clauses or schedules are references to clauses in or schedules to this Lease and references to paragraphs are references to paragraphs in the
schedule in which those references are made; and

(C) references to the singular include the plural and vice versa; and

(D) references to the parties include their successors in title; and

(E) references to persons include individuals, companies, firms, partnerships, government bodies or agencies and corporations sole and aggregate; and

(F) references to the masculine gender include the feminine and the neuter genders and vice versa; and

(G) references to an indemnity mean an indemnity against all actions, claims, demands and proceedings made against the Landlord and all costs, expenses, liabilities
and losses incurred directly or indirectly by the Landlord and "indemnify" and "indemnified" shall be construed in the same way; and

(H) references to the Premises, the Building and Adjoining Premises include any part of them; and

(I) references to the end of the Term include the determination of the Term before the end of the Term; and

(J) where the Tenant requires the consent of the Landlord to any Alterations, any change of the Authorised Use or any assignment or any underletting, such consent
shall not be effective unless given by way of a formal licence executed as a deed; and

(K) any reference to the date of assignment shall mean the date of the deed of assignment or transfer of this Lease and any covenants given to the Landlord on any
assignment of this Lease shall take effect from such date; and

                                                                   8

(L) any obligation on the Tenant includes an obligation on the Tenant to ensure that any person deriving title under the Tenant and its and their agents, employees,
licensees and any other person under its or their control comply with that obligation and any reference to an act or default of the Tenant includes the act or default of those persons; and

(M) any obligation on the Tenant not to do an act or thing includes an obligation not to permit or allow that act or thing to be done; and

(N) any obligations entered into by more than one person in this Lease are entered into jointly and severally; and

(O) the headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Lease; and

(P) if any provision in this Lease is held to be illegal, void, invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Lease
shall not be affected.

PART 2 

: CREATION OF THE LETTING AND RIGHTS AND RESERVATIONS

2. 

Letting and term

2.1 Creation of the Term

The Landlord lets the Premises to the Tenant for the Term reserving the Rents.

2.2 Re-entry

The Landlord shall be entitled to re-enter the Premises or any part of them and by so doing end this Lease if:

(A) the Rents or any part of them remain unpaid twenty one days after becoming payable, whether formally demanded or not; or

(B) the Tenant does not comply with the Tenant's Covenants; or

(C) there is an Event of Insolvency; or

(D) any process of distress, execution or similar process is levied against any of the assets and undertaking of the Tenant; or

(E) the Tenant or any guarantor of the Tenant, if a company, changes the liability of its shareholders from limited to unlimited or vice versa.

                                                                   9

2.3 Termination on destruction

(A) If an Insurance Event damages or destroys the whole or substantially the whole of the Premises or renders them inaccessible and:

	they have not been reinstated and made accessible within three (3) years and six (6) months of its occurrence then if the Landlord or
the Tenant serves not less than six months' prior written notice on the other, this Lease shall end on the date the notice takes effect; or

	they have not been reinstated and made accessible within four years of its occurrence then if the Landlord or the Tenant serves written notice on the other, this Lease
shall end on the date the notice takes effect;

unless in either case clauses 2.3(B) or 2.3(B) apply, and the Landlord shall be entitled to retain for its own benefit all insurance moneys received or receivable under any
policy of insurance maintained by it.

(B) If any insurance moneys have been withheld in whole or in part due to the act or default of the Tenant, any notice served by the Tenant
under clause 2.3(A)(1) shall be ineffective unless the Tenant has complied with clause 7.11.

(C) If the Premises have been reinstated and made accessible by the date any notice served by the Tenant under clause 2.3(A)(1) expires, this Lease shall not end.

Any dispute about the operation of this clause 2.3 shall be submitted at the request of the Landlord or the Tenant to the decision of a single arbitrator under the Arbitration Act 1996.

2.4 Break clause

(A) The Tenant may end this Lease on the Break Date by serving written notice of at least nine (9) months on the Landlord.  This Lease shall then end on the Break Date if:

	there are no outstanding substantial breaches of the Tenant's Covenants on the Break Date of which the Landlord has given notice to the Tenant and given the
Tenant a reasonable opportunity to remedy that breach; and

	the Tenant has paid all the Rents due under this Lease up to and including the Break Date; and

	on the date the Tenant serves notice on the Landlord under this clause 2.4 the Tenant pays to the Landlord in addition to any other sums due under this Lease the
sum of Four Hundred and Thirty Seven Thousand Six Hundred and Seven Pounds and Fifth Pence (£437,607.50) (plus VAT if applicable); and

	on the Break Date the Tenant returns the Premises to the Landlord free of occupation and with no subsisting subleases

unless the Landlord in its absolute discretion elects in writing to waive these conditions to the ending of this Lease.

                                                                   10

(B) If the Lease ends on the Break Date and the Tenant has paid any Principal Rent and/or Insurance Rent in relation to the period falling after the Break Date then,
within 14 days after the Break Date, the Landlord shall refund such sums to the Tenant (the apportionment of which shall be from and including the date after the Break Date).

(C) Where the title to this Lease is registered at Land Registry, on or before the Break Date the Tenant shall provide the Landlord with evidence which will satisfy the
Chief Land Registrar that the title to this Lease can be closed.

2.5 Exclusion of Sections 24 to 28 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954

In relation to the 1954 Act:

(A) the Tenant confirms that before it entered into the tenancy created by this Lease or became contractually bound to do so:

	the Landlord served on the Tenant the Notice; and

	the Tenant, or a person duly authorised by the Tenant, made the Declaration; and

	where the Declaration was made by a person other than the Tenant, the declarant was duly authorised by the Tenant to make the Declaration on the Tenant's behalf;
and

(B) the Landlord and Tenant agree to exclude the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease.

(C) the Tenant's Guarantor confirms that before this Lease was entered into:

	the Landlord served on the Tenant's Guarantor the Guarantor Notice applying to the tenancy
to be entered into by the Tenant's Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 5 of this Lease; and 

	the Tenant's Guarantor, or a person duly authorised by the Tenant's Guarantor, made the Guarantor Declaration; and

	where the Guarantor Declaration was made by a person other than the Tenant's Guarantor, the declarant was duly authorised by the Tenant's Guarantor to make the
Guarantor Declaration on the Tenant's Guarantor behalf; and

(D) the Landlord and the Tenant's Guarantor agree to exclude the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act in relation to the tenancy
to be entered into by the Tenant's Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 5 of this Lease.

2.6 Effect of termination

When this Lease ends it shall be without prejudice to any outstanding liabilities of any party to any other party.

3. 

Rights and reservations

3.1 Rights granted

The Landlord lets the Premises together with the rights set out in schedule 2:

(A) so far as the Landlord has the power to grant them; and

(B) for the benefit of the Tenant and any person deriving title under the Tenant; and

(C) in common with the Landlord and all others authorised by it, unless otherwise stated in schedule 2; and

(D) subject to the right of the Landlord to interrupt, modify or end these rights without any liability to the Tenant if it grants the Tenant such alternative rights as may be
necessary for the proper use and enjoyment of the Premises.

                                                                   11

3.2 Reservations in the Superior Leases

The Premises are let subject to the rights, for the benefit of the Superior Landlords and all others authorised by it, over the Premises set out in the Second Schedule
to the TFL Lease and in the Second Schedule to the LUL Lease.

3.3 Rights reserved

The Landlord reserves throughout the Term to itself, the Management Company, any superior landlord and all others authorised by it the rights over the Premises set
out in schedule 3 which may be exercised without any liability to the Tenant beyond that set out in schedule 3 and the Tenant shall not prevent or interfere with the exercise of these rights.

3.4 Title matters

The Premises are let subject to the title matters set out in schedule 4 and all other easements, covenants, privileges and rights enjoyed over or against the Building
so far as any of them are still subsisting and capable of taking effect.

3.5 No implied or prescriptive rights

(A) section 62 Law of Property Act 1925 shall not apply to this Lease; and

(B) the Tenant shall not be entitled to the benefit of or to claim or enforce against the Landlord or any other person any covenant, right, agreement, privilege or easement
in respect of the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Premises except those expressly granted in clause 3.1; and

(C) any other right from time to time enjoyed by the Tenant in respect of the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Premises shall be enjoyed by the consent of the
Landlord, terminable at any time by notice in writing to the Tenant and without any liability to the Tenant.

3.6 No benefit of covenants and conditions

Nothing in this Lease shall give the Tenant any right to claim or enforce against the Landlord or any other person or to receive the benefit of any covenant, term or
condition in any lease (other than this Lease), deed or document relating to the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Premises.

3.7 Use of the Building and Adjoining Premises

Nothing in this Lease shall limit or affect the rights of:

(A) the Landlord in relation to the remainder of the Building; or

(B) the Landlord or any other person in relation to any Adjoining Premises 

to use or otherwise deal with the remainder of the Building and any Adjoining Premises in such manner and for any purpose as it wishes provided that there is no material
detriment to the Tenant's use or enjoyment of the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

                                                                   12

PART 3 : RENTS

4. Rents

4.1 Rents payable

During the Term the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord and (where required) to the Management Company by way of rent without any abatement, counterclaim,
deduction, reduction or set-off whatsoever unless required to do so by any Statute:

(A) the Principal Rent by equal quarterly payments in advance on the Quarter Days which, if the Landlord requires, shall be paid by banker's standing order; and

(B) the Insurance Rent, which shall be payable within fourteen days of demand; and

(C) the Service Charge and the other sums referred to in clause 23 at the times and in the manner set out in clause 23; and

(D) the Heat Charge, which shall be payable within fourteen days of demand; and

(E) the Standing Charge, which shall be payable within fourteen days of demand; and

(F) the Energy Charge, which shall be payable within fourteen days of demand; and

(G) any other sums expressed to be payable as additional rent under this Lease, which shall be payable within fourteen days of demand.

4.2 First payment of Principal Rent

Principal Rent for the period from and including the Rent Commencement Date to the next Quarter Day shall be paid on the Rent Commencement Date.

4.3 Payment of Insurance Rent and Service Charge

Insurance Rent and Service Charge shall be payable from and including the Term Commencement Date.

4.4 Value Added Tax

Each sum payable by the Tenant under this Lease shall be treated as being exclusive of Value Added Tax.  The Tenant shall pay as additional rent any Value Added
Tax properly demanded by the Landlord or the Management Company (and upon receipt of payment of such VAT the Landlord or the Management Company (as applicable) shall provide a valid
VAT invoice to the Tenant):

(A) on the Rents; and

(B) on any supply made by the Landlord or the Management Company under this Lease; and

                                                                   13

(C) on any supply made to the Landlord or the Management Company or any other person that the Tenant covenants to reimburse, but only to the extent that the person
to whom the supply was made is unable to recover the Value Added Tax.

4.5 Overpayment of Value Added Tax

If any amount paid by the Tenant to the Landlord or the Management Company in respect of Value Added Tax was not properly chargeable:

(A) if the prescribed VAT accounting period of the Landlord or the Management Company in which the Value Added Tax was charged has not ended, the Landlord or the
Management Company shall repay the Valued Added Tax promptly to the Tenant; and

(B) if the prescribed VAT accounting period of the Landlord or the Management Company in which the Value Added Tax was charged has ended, the Landlord or the
Management Company shall use reasonable endeavours,  to obtain the repayment of the Value Added Tax as soon as possible.  Upon receipt of the repayment, the Landlord or the
Management Company shall repay the amount recovered promptly to the Tenant.

4.6 Interest on late payments

The Tenant shall pay as additional rent interest on any sums due to the Landlord or the Management Company which are not paid on the due date for payment.
Interest shall be calculated at the Prescribed Rate, both before and after any judgment, from the due date for payment to the date on which payment is made.  It shall accrue on a daily basis and
be compounded on the Quarter Days.

4.7 Due date for payment

If the Tenant breaches any of the Tenant's Covenants, the due date for payment of any sums incurred by the Landlord or the Management Company which the
Tenant covenants to reimburse as a result of that breach shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Landlord or the Management Company first incurred them.

4.8 Suspension of rent

The following provisions shall apply following an Insurance Event which renders the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible:

(A) the Principal Rent and the Service Charge or a proper proportion according to the extent of the damage or destruction, shall be suspended except to the extent that
any insurance moneys are withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant; and

(B) the period of suspension shall be from the date of the Insurance Event until the earlier of:

                                                                   14

	the date when the Premises are reinstated and made accessible or;

	the date on which the period covered by the Landlord's loss of rent insurance expires; and

(C) any dispute about the operation of this clause 4.8 shall be submitted at the request of the Landlord or the Tenant to the decision of a single arbitrator under the
Arbitration Act 1996.

4.9 Waiver of breaches

If there is any breach of the Tenant's Covenants which the Landlord reasonably believes to be material and it refrains from demanding or accepting payment of the
Rents or any other sums due under this Lease, the Tenant shall pay interest to the Landlord on those amounts until the date on which the Landlord accepts payment of them and otherwise on
the basis set out in clause 4.6.

5. Rent review

5.1 Defined terms

In this clause 5:

"Assumptions" means the following matters to be assumed at the Review Date:

(A) if the Building has been damaged or destroyed, it has been reinstated; and

(B) the Building and any Conduits within or serving it are in a good state of repair and condition and the Building is accessible; and

(C) the Services Systems are in good working order and the Building has the benefit of all the Services; and

(D) the Premises are accessible and ready to be fitted out by a willing tenant with the Landlord having provided the Base Specification at its own cost and expense;
and

(E) the Premises may lawfully be used for the Authorised Use; and

(F) all licences and consents required are in force and available to a willing tenant on the Review Date; and

(G) all the Tenant's Covenants have been complied with; and

(H) there is no Statute limiting the amount of rent payable in respect of the Premises or non-residential property generally.

"Disregards" means the following matters to be disregarded at the Review Date:

(A)any effect on the rent of the goodwill of the business carried on in the Premises and of the occupation of the Premises by the Tenant, any permitted undertenant or
other lawful occupier; and

(B)any Alterations carried out at the sole cost of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant which would increase the rent payable unless they were made pursuant to
an obligation to the Landlord under this Lease or in breach of its terms; and

                                                                   15

(C)any Alterations which would reduce the rent payable; and

(D)any effect on the rent of any obligation to reinstate Alterations; and

 "Market Rent" means the rent which would reasonably be expected to become payable under a Notional Lease after any Rent Concession under
that lease has expired or has been received by the willing tenant and on the basis that the Assumptions and Disregards apply.

"Notional Lease" means a lease of the whole of the Premises granted:

(A)in the open market; and

(B)on the Review Date with vacant possession; and

(C)by a willing landlord to a willing tenant; and

(D)without the Landlord receiving a fine or premium for the grant of the lease; and

(E)for a term equal to ten years commencing on the Review Date, with a rent review on the fifth anniversary of the Review Date; and

(F)having as the Authorised Use office use within Class B1 of the Use Classes Order; and

(G)otherwise on the terms of this Lease, as at the Review Date, including this clause 5, but excluding clause 2.4 and also excluding the amount of the Principal Rent
payable and any rent free period or period of reduced or concessionary rent, capital payment or any other inducement of whatever nature allowed or given to the Tenant at the commencement of
or otherwise in relation to this Lease.

"Rent Concession" means any rent free period or period of reduced or concessionary rent, in each case commencing on the Review Date, or any
capital payment or other inducement which, in any such case, might reasonably be expected to be allowed or given to reflect the period reasonably required by a willing tenant to fit out the
Premises in accordance with the practice of the open market on the Review Date.

"Revised Rent" means the amount of Principal Rent payable from and including the Review Date.

"Valuer" means an independent chartered surveyor of at least ten years' standing who is experienced in the letting and valuation of property similar to
the Premises and in the same area as them who shall be appointed and act in accordance with clause 6.

5.2 Basis of the review

On the Review Date the Principal Rent shall be reviewed to the higher of the Principal Rent reserved before the Review Date and the Market Rent.

5.3 Agreeing the Revised Rent

In the absence of agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant, a Valuer shall determine the Revised Rent, but no Valuer may be appointed before the date
which is two months before the Review Date and the Valuer shall not determine the Revised Rent before the Review Date.

                                                                   16

5.4 Rent pending determination

Until the Revised Rent is agreed or determined, the Tenant shall continue to pay the Principal Rent reserved before the Review Date.

5.5 Payment of Revised Rent

Within fourteen days of the Revised Rent being agreed or determined, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord any increase in the Principal Rent together with interest
on such increase at two per cent below the Prescribed Rate calculated from and including each Quarter Day on which each instalment of the increased rent would have been payable had the
Revised Rent been agreed or determined on or before the Rent Review Date.

5.6 Rent review memorandum

Following the agreement or determination of the Revised Rent, the Landlord and the Tenant and any guarantor of the Tenant shall sign a memorandum recording
that the Revised Rent is the Principal Rent payable from and including the Review Date.  The parties shall be responsible for their own costs and expenses for this.

5.7 Statutory restrictions

If any Statute prevents the Principal Rent being reviewed on the Review Date or restricts the Landlord's right to receive the whole or any part of the Principal Rent
following the rent review, when that Statute ceases to have that effect the Landlord may require the Principal Rent to be reviewed before the next Review Date or (if there is no next Review Date)
before the end of the Term by serving not less than one month's prior written notice on the Tenant.  The Principal Rent shall then be reviewed on the date when that notice expires on the terms
of this clause 5 and that date shall be a Review Date.

5.8 Time not of the essence

Nothing in this Lease nor any act or default of the parties in relation to any review of the Principal Rent shall make time of the essence in relation to the operation of
this clause 5.

6. 

Determination of disputes

6.1 Appointment of the Valuer

The Valuer shall be appointed by agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant or, in the absence of agreement, by the President for the time being of the Royal
Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of either the Landlord or the Tenant.  If he is unable or unwilling to make the appointment, it shall be made by the Vice President or the next
senior officer willing and able to do so.  If there is no such officer available, it shall be made by an officer of such other professional body of surveyors nominated by the Landlord.

6.2 Basis of the appointment

The Valuer shall act as a single arbitrator under the Arbitration Act 1996 unless the Landlord and Tenant agree that he shall act as an expert at the time he is
appointed.

                                                                   17

6.3 Appointment as an arbitrator

If the Valuer acts as an arbitrator:

(A) all submissions made or evidence supplied to him shall be in writing unless the Landlord notifies the Tenant and the Valuer in writing within 21 days of his
appointment that this requirement shall not apply; and

(B) the date of his award shall be deemed to be the date on which he serves a copy of the award on the Landlord and the Tenant; and

(C) he shall not be entitled to order the rectification, setting aside or cancellation of this Lease or any other deed or document; and

(D) he shall not be entitled to direct that the recoverable costs of the arbitration, or any part of it, be limited to a specified amount; and

(E) he shall not be entitled to require that security be provided in respect of the costs of the arbitration.

6.4 Appointment of an expert

If the Valuer acts as an expert:

(A) he shall give the Landlord and the Tenant the opportunity both to make written representations to him and to comment on each other's' representations;
and

(B) another Valuer may replace him if he dies, becomes unwilling to act or incapable of acting or it becomes apparent that for any reason he will be unable to determine
the matter referred to him within a reasonable time after his appointment; and

(C) his decision shall be final and binding on the Landlord and the Tenant, save as to matters of law; and

(D) his fees, including those of his appointment, shall be shared equally between the Landlord and the Tenant, unless he determines otherwise.

6.5 Time not of the essence

Time shall not be of the essence in relation to the operation of this clause 6.

PART 4  : INSURANCE

7. Insurance obligations

7.1 Landlord's obligations

The Landlord shall insure in an insurance office of good repute and through such agency as the Landlord may from time to time determine or through underwriters at
Lloyd's:

(A) the Building against damage or destruction by the Insured Risks in its full reinstatement cost including demolition, site clearance,
hoarding and shoring up and all surveyor's, architect's, legal and other professional fees and statutory fees together in each case with Value Added Tax; and

                                                                   18

(B) four years' loss of the yearly rents, including the Principal Rent, in respect of the Building taking into account the Landlord's reasonable estimate of any increase in
those rents upon any rent review or new letting; and

(C) its public liability and employer's liability in respect of the Building.

7.2 Services Systems

The Landlord's obligations under clause 7.1 shall not include any obligation to insure the Services Systems against sudden and unforeseen damage and
breakdown.

7.3 General insurance provisions

The Landlord's obligations under clause 7.1 shall be subject always to:

(A) cover being normally available with insurance offices of good repute in the United Kingdom or through underwriters at Lloyd's on reasonable commercial terms; and

(B) such Insurance Excesses, exclusions and conditions in the United Kingdom insurance market in which the insurance is placed applicable to the area in which the
Building is situated or the type of building insured including any exclusions in respect of Terrorist Activity; and

(C) any policy of insurance not being made void or voidable by any act or default of the Tenant; and

(D) the Tenant notifying the Landlord of the reinstatement value of any Alterations in accordance with clause 10.4(H).

7.4 Insurance Rent

The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord a due proportion, to be fairly and properly determined by the Landlord, of:

(A) the costs incurred by the Landlord in complying with its obligations in clause 7.1; and

(B) the costs incurred by the Landlord in valuing the Building at reasonable intervals for insurance purposes (in any event not more than once every three years in the
case of formal insurance valuation or annually in the case of desktop insurance valuations); and

(C) any Insurance Excess; and

(D) the Landlord's costs of preparing, making and settling any insurance claim under any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord;
and

(E) all other sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this clause 7.

7.5 Reinstatement of the Building

Following an Insurance Event, except to the extent that the insurance moneys are properly withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant and not made good by the
Tenant under clause 7.11, the Landlord shall:

                                                                   19

(A) use all reasonable endeavours to obtain any planning permissions and other approvals required for the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Building, but without any
obligation to appeal against a refusal to grant planning permission or any other approval; and

(B) subject to those planning permissions and approvals being obtained, procure that all insurance moneys received from the insurer by virtue of clause 7.1(A) are laid
out towards rebuilding or reinstating the Building with all convenient speed.

7.6 Manner of reinstatement

When rebuilding or reinstating the Building, the Landlord may use materials of a different quality, type or specification and may make reasonable changes in the
original design, layout or specification of the Building so long as the extent of the Premises is not materially altered.

7.7 Impossibility of reinstatement

If the Landlord is unable to rebuild or reinstate the Building for any reason beyond its control, it shall not be under any obligation to do so and shall be entitled to
retain for its own benefit all insurance moneys received or receivable under any policies of insurance maintained by it.

7.8 Commission and agency fees

The Landlord shall be entitled to retain for its own benefit any agency fee or other commission paid or allowed by the insurers.

7.9 Certificate of insurance

At the written request and cost of the Tenant, but not more than twice a year, the Landlord shall give the Tenant full details of the insurance of the Building.

7.10 Increased insurance costs

The Tenant shall not do or bring anything upon the Premises or any other part of the Building which may increase the premium payable for any policy of insurance
effected by the Landlord under this clause 7.  If the Tenant breaches this obligation, it shall pay the amount of any increased premium to the Landlord.

7.11 Invalidation of insurance

The Tenant shall not do or bring anything upon the Premises or any other part of the Building which may invalidate any policy of insurance effected by the Landlord
under this clause 7.  If any insurance moneys become irrecoverable due to the act or default of the Tenant, it shall pay the amount irrecoverable to the Landlord.

7.12 Compliance with insurer's requirements

The Tenant shall comply with the requirements and recommendations of the insurers of the Building so far as those requirements and recommendations have been
communicated to the Tenant and relate to the Premises or the use of the Common Parts.

                                                                   20

7.13 Notification

The Tenant shall promptly give notice to the Landlord if:

(A)  the Tenant becomes aware of an Insurance Event; or

(B) the Tenant becomes aware of any matter which might invalidate or give the insurers of the Building grounds for avoiding any policy of insurance relating to the
Building or which might increase the premium payable for any insurance of the Building maintained by the Landlord.

7.14 Vacating Premises

Following any Insurance Event, affecting the Premises the Tenant shall, if reasonably requested to do so by the Landlord, vacate those parts of the Premises which
have been damaged or destroyed or which the Landlord reasonably requires access to in order to enable the Landlord to comply with its obligations in clause 7.5.

7.15 Tenant's insurance

The Tenant shall not insure the Landlord's interest in the Building against any of the Insured Risks or any other risk that the Landlord covenants to insure against
under this clause 7.  If the Tenant breaches this clause 7.15, it shall hold the benefit of any insurance moneys which it receives in respect of such interest on trust for the Landlord and shall pay
such sums to the Landlord or, if the Landlord so requests, lay out such sums in reinstating the damage in respect of which those sums were paid.

7.16 Tenant's third party liability

The Tenant shall insure its public liability and employer's liability in respect of the Premises.

7.17 Exclusion of liability

The Landlord shall be under no liability to the Tenant or to any other person for any damage caused by or arising from any of the Insured Risks or Uninsured Risks
except to comply with its obligations in this clause 7.

7.18 Uninsured Risks

This clause 7.18 shall apply from the date on which any Insured Risk becomes an Uninsured Risk but only in relation to the Uninsured Risk.

(A) References to an Insured Risk becoming an Uninsured Risk shall, without limitation, include the application by insurers of an exclusion, condition or limitation to an
Insured Risk to the extent to which such risk thereby is or becomes an Uninsured Risk.

(B) If during the Term, the Building or the Premises, or a substantial part of them, shall be damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk so as to make the Premises or a
substantial part of them unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible ("Uninsured Damage") the Principal Rent and the Service Charge, or a proper proportion of them
according to the extent of the damage, shall be suspended until the earlier of the date on which:

(1)the Premises are reinstated and made accessible; or

(2)the date on which this Lease is terminated pursuant to clause 7.18(E).

                                                                   21

(C) Within 12 months of the Uninsured Damage the Landlord shall give written notice to the Tenant ("Election Notice") stating whether or not it
proposes to rebuild or reinstate the Premises or procure such rebuilding or reinstatement.

(D) If the Election Notice states that the Landlord does propose to rebuild or reinstate the Premises (or procure the same) then the Uninsured Damage shall be deemed
to be damage or destruction caused by an Insured Risk and the Landlord shall comply with the relevant provisions of clause 7.5 at its own cost to the extent that such clauses apply to the
Premises.

(E) If the Election Notice states that the Landlord does not propose to rebuild or reinstate the Premises or if no Election Notice is served within the period of 12 months
referred to in clause 7.18(C) either party may determine this Lease by serving upon the other not less than one month's notice in writing.

(F) Clauses 7.18(B) and (E) shall not apply if an Insured Risk shall have become an Uninsured Risk owing to the act or default of the Tenant or any person deriving title
under the Tenant or their respective agents, employees, licensees or contractors.

PART 5 

: TENANT'S COVENANTS

8. Financial obligations

8.1  Payment of Outgoings

The Tenant shall pay and indemnify the Landlord against all Outgoings except for:

(A) any tax, other than Value Added Tax, payable by the Landlord on the Rents; and

(B) any tax on any dealing by the Landlord with its interest in the Premises or the Building.

8.2 Loss of rating relief

If the Tenant claims any rating relief during the Term for empty premises, it shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to any rating relief which the
Landlord is unable to claim after the Term has ended as a result of the Tenant having made such a claim.

8.3 Rating Proposals

The following provisions shall apply in respect of any Rating Proposal:

(A) the Tenant shall notify the Landlord as soon as it is aware of any Rating Proposal made by a third party and shall not agree to any Rating Proposal or make any
Rating Proposal itself without the prior written consent of the Landlord; and

(B) unless the Tenant can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord that the Rating Proposal would increase the Outgoings the Tenant shall:

                                                                   22

	not object to any Rating Proposal made by the Landlord or to the outcome of any Rating Proposal; and

	co-operate with the Landlord in making any Rating Proposal and give the Landlord such information as the Landlord reasonably requests; and

	sign all consents, authorisations or other documents as the Landlord reasonably requests to give full effect to the Rating Proposal or its outcome.

8.4 Payment for Utilities

Unless already included in the Heat Charge, the Standing Charge and/or the Energy Charge, the Tenant shall pay for all Utilities used by the Tenant and any related
meter rents, installation charges and connection charges.

8.5 To pay costs

The Tenant shall pay by way of additional rent on a full indemnity basis all costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by or on behalf of the Landlord and the
Management Company (together with their own administrative and management expenses) in relation to:

(A) the preparation and service of any notice or any proceedings under ss146 or 147 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938, or
any steps taken to effect peaceable re-entry of the Premises, whether or not forfeiture is avoided other than by relief granted by the court; and

(B) the recovery of any arrears of the Rent or other sums due to the Landlord or the Management Company under this Lease, whether by action or otherwise and
whether or not including the preparation and service of any notice pursuant to s.81 of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 and/or s.17 of the 1995 Act; and

(C) the preparation and service of a schedule of dilapidations at any time during or within three months after the end of the Term; and

(D) any action taken by the Landlord or the Management Company to ensure that the Tenant makes good any breach of the Tenant's Covenants; and

(E) the application for consent to any matter for which the consent or approval of the Landlord is required under this Lease (but excluding
any costs incurred in relation to the Landlord's consideration and/or approval of any  initial fitting out works at the Premises proposed by the Tenant following the grant of this Lease) whether
such consent is granted or not for any reason unless the Landlord acts unlawfully in refusing consent.  Any costs payable under this clause 8.5(E) shall be payable to the extent only that they are
proper and reasonable.

8.6 Indemnity

The Tenant shall keep the Landlord and the Management Company indemnified against any breach of the Tenant's Covenants or any act or default of the Tenant in
relation to the Premises or the Building.

                                                                   23

9. Repair and redecoration

9.1 Upkeep of the Premises

Subject to clause 9.2, the Tenant shall:

(A) keep the Premises in good and substantial repair and condition; and

(B) replace any landlord's fixtures and any carpets and other floor coverings in the Premises with new articles of a similar kind and quality if they become incapable of
repair or, in the case of plant and equipment, if they cease to operate properly or in any event in the last three months of the Term; and

(C) keep any tenant's fixtures in good and substantial repair and condition; and

(D) keep the whole of the Premises properly cleaned with all the internal surfaces of all windows and glass being cleaned as often as reasonably necessary;
and

(E) redecorate the Premises internally in the fifth year of the Term and within the three months before the end of the Term.

9.2 Insurance Events

Clause 9.1 shall not apply to any damage to or destruction of the Premises which is an Insurance Event except to the extent that the insurance moneys are withheld
due to the act or default of the Tenant.

9.3 Uninsured Damage

Clause 9.1 shall not apply to any Uninsured Damage (as defined in clause 7.18(B)) except to the extent that the relevant Insured Risk has become an Uninsured Risk
due to any act or default of the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant or any of their respective agents, employees, licensees or contractors.

9.4 Manner of redecoration

The Tenant shall carry out all redecoration with appropriate materials in a good, and workmanlike manner and in accordance with modern practice in colours and with
materials previously approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  In the final three months of the Term, the Tenant shall use such colours (if
different from existing) and materials as the Landlord reasonably requires.

9.5 Making good disrepair

The Tenant shall carry out any works required to remedy any breach of the Tenant's Covenants relating to the repair and condition of the Premises within three
months after the service of any notice specifying the works required or immediately in case of emergency.  In default, the Landlord with its contractors may enter and remain upon the Premises
to carry out those works itself and all costs incurred by the Landlord shall be a debt payable on demand to the Landlord by the Tenant on a full indemnity basis.

                                                                   24

9.6 Defective premises

The Tenant shall do everything necessary to comply with the Defective Premises Act 1972 and in particular shall:

(A) promptly give notice to the Landlord upon becoming aware of any defect in the Premises or the Building which may give rise to a duty of care on the Landlord under
that Act; and

(B) not do any act or thing which might breach any duty of care on the Landlord under that Act; and

(C) display and maintain on the Premises any notices which the Landlord may reasonably require.

10. Alterations

10.1 Prohibited alterations

The Tenant shall not carry out any alterations or additions to the Premises except as permitted in this clause 10.

10.2 Non-structural alterations

(A) Subject to clause 11.2(B), the Tenant may carry out internal non-structural alterations and additions to the Premises without the prior written consent of the
Landlord;

(B) The Tenant may not carry out non-structural alterations or additions to the Premises which will result in adjustments to the Services Systems without the Landlord's
prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that as a condition to the grant of such consent the Landlord may require the Tenant to:

	(subject to the Landlord proceeding diligently with the same) permit the Landlord to carry out the elements of the proposed alterations and/or additions which will
result in adjustments to the Services Systems at the Tenant's reasonable expense; or

	enter into such covenants with the Landlord as the Landlord may reasonably require for the execution and supervision of the alterations and/or additions and such
covenants with the Landlord as the Landlord may reasonably require for the reinstatement of the Premises before the end of the Term.

10.3 Electrical systems

The Tenant may make alterations to the electrical systems in the Premises which exclusively serve them without the consent of the Landlord if they are carried out in
accordance with the standards prescribed by the electricity supply authority and the Institute of Electrical Engineers.

10.4 General obligations

In respect of all Alterations, the Tenant shall at its own cost and expense:

                                                                   25

(A) provide the Landlord in triplicate with plans, drawings and specifications showing:

	the layout of the Premises before the proposed Alterations are carried out; and

	the proposed Alterations; and

	the layout of the Premises following completion of the proposed Alterations; and

(B) obtain all necessary consents for the Alterations; and

(C) provide all information required by the insurers of the Building in order to obtain their approval to the Alterations; and

(D) carry out the Alterations with good quality materials, in a good workmanlike manner in accordance with the terms of all consents obtained for the Alterations and the
requirements of the local planning and other authorities; and

(E) comply with the requirements of any Statute which affects the Alterations or the manner in which they are carried out; and

(F) comply with the Fit-Out Guide; and

(G) where the consent of the Landlord is required for the Alterations, carry out the Alterations to the reasonable satisfaction in all respects of the Landlord; and

(H) give to the Landlord full details of the reinstatement value of the Alterations, excluding any tenant's fixtures forming part of the
Alterations, for insurance purposes; and

(I) provide the Landlord with three sets of as built plans, drawings and specifications on completion of the Alterations.

10.5 Reinstatement

In respect of all Alterations, the Tenant shall comply with the reinstatement provisions in clauses 20.2 and 20.3 at the end of the Term.

10.6 Effect of consent to Alterations

In consenting to any Alterations, the Landlord shall not guarantee:

(A) the structural stability of either the Alterations or the Premises as altered by them; or

(B) the suitability of any materials to be used in the Alterations; or

(C) the compatibility of the Alterations with the Services Systems; or

(D) that the Premises as altered will comply with the requirements of any Statute.

                                                                   26

10.7 Indemnity

The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord in respect of any matter arising out of the execution, retention and use of any Alterations.

11. 
Use of the Premises

11.1 Authorised Use

The Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Authorised Use.

11.2 Prohibited uses

The Tenant shall not use the Premises:

(A) for the wholesale or retail sale of goods or any sale by auction; or

(B) for any religious, public or political meeting; or

(C) for any offensive, noxious or noisy trade, business or occupation; or

(D) for illegal or immoral purposes; or

(E) for the sale or production of alcohol; or

(F) for residential purposes; or

(G) as a club, sex shop, amusement arcade, betting office, staff agency or employment agency; or

(H) the preparation or cooking of food, other than in those areas reasonably designated by the Landlord or the Management Company for those purposes; or

(I) outside the Business Hours, except in accordance with clause 11.5.

11.3 Restrictions on use

The Tenant shall not:

(A) bring any Hazardous Material onto the Building; or

(B) discharge anything into the Conduits which is or may become corrosive or harmful or cause any blockage or destruction of them; or

(C) allow any animals (other than guide dogs) in the Building; or

(D) obstruct the Office Common Parts or any means of escape or other facilities serving the Premises or the Building; or

(E) do anything on the Premises or the Building or install or operate any machinery or equipment which may in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord be or become a
legal nuisance, damage or unreasonable annoyance to the Landlord or the occupiers of the Building or any Adjoining Premises or be unduly noisy or cause vibration or electrical or other
interference; or

                                                                   27

(F) overload the floors or suspend any excessive weight from the ceilings or walls of the Premises or overload the lifts serving the Premises; or

(G) overload the electrical systems in the Premises or the Building or connect any equipment to the electrical systems except in accordance with the design and
specification of the electrical systems; or

(H) install or operate any machinery or mechanical equipment in or on the Premises, except for office machinery and equipment used by the Tenant in the normal
operation of its business, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; or

(I) erect, exhibit or hang any signs, advertisements, placards, flags, posters or, aerials, flags, poles, masts or satellite dishes or any other thing whatsoever on the
exterior of the Premises or any other parts of the Building unless permitted to do so under clause 3.1; or

(J) store any refuse in the Premises except in suitable containers for that purpose with all refuse being removed from the Premises as often as is reasonably
necessary.

11.4 Regulations

The Tenant shall:

(A) comply with any requirements or regulations made in respect of the Utilities by the supply companies; and

(B) comply with the lawful requirements and recommendations of the local fire officer in respect of the Premises and the Building or their use; and

(C) operate the Services Systems within and exclusively serving the Premises in accordance with the manufacturer's operating guidelines and reasonable
recommendations provided to the Tenant; and

(D) comply with all reasonable regulations made by the Landlord or the Management Company at any time for the management of the Building and the exercise of the
rights granted to the Tenant under clause 3.1.

11.5 Use of the Premises outside Business Hours

The Tenant may, on written notice to the Landlord, use the Premises and have access to them outside Business Hours subject to the Tenant observing the following
terms and conditions:

(A) the Tenant shall use only those parts of the Office Common Parts as the Landlord may reasonably designate for the purpose of obtaining access to the Premises;
and

(B) the Tenant shall comply with the proper and reasonable requirements of the Landlord regarding the use of the Office Common Parts and the security of the Building; and

(C) the Tenant shall comply with clause 23.16.

                                                                   28

11.6 Keyholders

The Tenant shall:

(A) ensure that, at all times, the Landlord has details of the names, home numbers and home addresses of at least two keyholders of the Premises; and

(B) instruct the keyholders to provide the Landlord on request with a set of keys and passes and any necessary codes for key-pads or other equipment necessary to
enable the Landlord to obtain access to the Premises for security purposes or in an emergency.

11.7 No warranty as to use

The Landlord gives no warranty that the Authorised Use is or will remain a permitted use under the Planning Acts.

12. Assignment

12.1 No assignment of part

The Tenant shall not assign part only of the Premises.

12.2 Assignment of whole

The Tenant shall not assign the whole of the Premises unless:

(A) the conditions specified (for the purposes of s.19(1A) Landlord and Tenant Act 1927) in clause 12.3 are fulfilled; and

(B) the circumstances specified (for the purposes of s.19(1A) Landlord and Tenant Act 1927) in clause 12.4 do not apply; and

(C) the Tenant obtains the prior written consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

12.3 Conditions for assignment

The Landlord shall not be required to consent to any assignment unless on or before the date of the assignment:

(A) the Tenant has paid to the Landlord the whole of any arrears of Principal Rent; and

(B) the Landlord receives a direct covenant by way of a guarantee and indemnity that the assignee will comply with the Tenant's Covenants from the date of the
assignment until the date the assignee is released from its obligations under the 1995 Act from:

	the Tenant by way of an Authorised Guarantee Agreement; and

	if reasonably required by the Landlord, any guarantor or guarantors who shall not be a Current Guarantor and who shall be resident or
incorporated in the United Kingdom whose financial status shall be acceptable to the Landlord acting reasonably; and

                                                                   29

(C) the assignee enters into a direct covenant with the Landlord to comply with the Tenant's Covenants from the date of the assignment until the date the assignee is
released from its obligations under the 1995 Act; and

(D) if asked to by the Landlord, any guarantor of the Tenant enters into a direct covenant with the Landlord by way of a guarantee and
indemnity that the Tenant will comply with its Authorised Guarantee Agreement; and

(E) if reasonably required by the Landlord, a rent deposit of not less than six months' Principal Rent, together with Value Added Tax (if any), shall be provided to the
Landlord on such terms and for such period as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

12.4 Prohibited assignments

The Landlord shall not be required to consent to any assignment if the assignee is:

(A) a Current Guarantor; or

(B) a Group Company of the Tenant unless the Landlord is provided with evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the covenant strength of the assignee is not less than
that of the Tenant at the date of the assignment disregarding any Authorised Guarantee Agreement given by the Tenant to the Landlord; or

(C) a company incorporated in or an individual resident in a jurisdiction outside the United Kingdom in respect of which there no applicable treaty for the mutual
enforcement of civil judgments unless the Landlord is reasonably satisfied that a judgment obtained in England and Wales against the assignee can be enforced in the relevant jurisdiction;
or

(D) in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, not of sufficient financial standing to comply with the Tenant's Covenants; or

(E) a person enjoying diplomatic or sovereign immunity.

12.5 General provisions

On any assignment of this Lease:

(A) any guarantee and indemnity to be given to the Landlord shall be in the form of schedule 5 incorporating such changes as the Landlord may reasonably require to
meet the particular circumstances of the assignment; and

(B) the Landlord shall prepare all documents containing covenants to be given to it; and

(C) clause 12.2 shall operate without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to withhold consent in any other circumstances where such withholding of consent would be
reasonable or to impose any further conditions upon the grant of consent where it is reasonable to do so.

                                                                   30

13. 

Underletting

13.1 Defined terms

In this clause 13 and in schedule 6, unless the contrary intention appears:

"Access Areas" means any corridors, lobbies, landings, staircases and lifts within or outside the Premises which are intended to be used in common
by the Tenant and any undertenant.

"Permitted Parts" means any part of the Premises which has or will have a means of access from any Access Areas and the extent of which has been
approved by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

"Underlet Premises" means those parts of the Premises let by any underlease.

13.2 Restrictions on underletting

The Tenant shall not underlet the whole or any part of the Premises except as permitted under this clause 13.

13.3 Underletting of whole

The Tenant shall not underlet the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the
conditions set out in this clause 13 are satisfied.

13.4 Underletting of part

The Tenant may underlet a Permitted Part if:

(A) following the grant of the underlease, there will be no more than two occupiers of the whole or any part of the Premises; and

(B) the conditions set out in this clause 13 are satisfied; and

(C) the Tenant obtains the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

13.5 Undertenant's covenants

Before the grant of any underlease, the Tenant shall procure that the undertenant enters into direct covenants with the Landlord in the form set out in Part 2 of
schedule 6.

13.6 Undertenant's guarantor

If reasonably required by the Landlord, before the grant of any underlease a guarantor or guarantors resident or incorporated in the United Kingdom whose financial
standing has been approved by the Landlord acting reasonably shall enter in to a direct covenant with the Landlord guaranteeing that the undertenant shall comply with the covenants given to
the Landlord under clause 13.5.

                                                                   31

13.7 General provisions

On any underletting:

(A) before the undertenant enters into the tenancy created by the underlease, or, if earlier, before the undertenant becomes contractually bound to enter into the tenancy
created by the underlease:

(1)the Tenant shall procure that the underlease is validly excluded from the security of tenure provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act in accordance with
the Order; and

(2)the Tenant shall produce to the Landlord adequate evidence of such valid exclusion as referred to in Clause 14.7(A)(1); and

(B) the underlease shall contain the provisions set out in Part 1 of schedule 6 and

(C) any guarantee and indemnity to be given to the Landlord shall be in the form of schedule 5 incorporating such changes as the Landlord may reasonably require to
meet the particular circumstances of the underletting and on the basis that paragraph 4 of schedule 5 shall only apply if the Landlord is the direct landlord of the undertenant when the guarantee
and indemnity is enforced; and

(D) the Landlord shall prepare all documents containing covenants to be given to it.

13.8 Observing the terms of the underlease

The Tenant shall:

(A) not vary the terms of the underlease except to permit a change of use in accordance with the terms of the underlease; and

(B) enforce the undertenant's covenants and not waive any breach of them; and

(C) not grant any licence, consent or permission under the terms of the underlease without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed where the Landlord could not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a similar application made under the terms of this Lease; and

(D) procure that the yearly rent payable is reviewed under each underlease in accordance with its terms and in connection with each rent review it shall:

	not agree the amount of the reviewed rent without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

	not agree the identity of any third party appointed to determine the reviewed rent or the capacity in which that party acts without the prior written consent of the
Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

	incorporate as part of its submissions or representations to any third party appointed to determine the reviewed rent such submissions or representations as the
Landlord may reasonably require; and

	keep the Landlord informed about the progress of the rent review; and

                                                                   32

(E) procure that the rents reserved by any underlease are not commuted in whole or in part or payable more than one quarter in advance; and

(F) not agree to any reduction in any rent payable under any underlease; and

(G) not exercise any right of re-entry under the underlease or accept the surrender of the whole of any Underlet Premises without the prior written consent of the
Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

(H) not accept the surrender of part only of any Underlet Premises.

14. 

Sharing occupation, etc.

14.1 Restrictions imposed

Except where there is an assignment or underletting permitted on the terms of this Lease, the Tenant shall not share occupation of the whole or any part of the
Premises, part with the possession of them or hold this Lease on trust for any other person.

14.2 Group Companies

Clause 14.1 shall not prevent the Tenant sharing the occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises with any Group Company of the Tenant provided that:

(A) the sharing of occupation shall cease if that company ceases to be a Group Company of the Tenant; and

(B) no relationship of landlord and tenant shall be created between the Tenant and that company; and

(C) prior to occupation being granted, the Tenant shall give written notice to the Landlord of the identity of that company and its relationship to the Tenant.

15. Charging

15.1 Part of the Premises

The Tenant shall not charge or create any other security interest over part only of the Premises.

15.2 The whole of the Premises

The Tenant shall not charge or create any other security interest over the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to
be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

16. Notification of dispositions

Within one month after any assignment, charge or underletting of the Premises or the assignment of any underlease or the grant of any sub-underlease,
however remote, the Tenant shall give notice in writing to the Landlord of that disposition together with certified copies of all the documents giving effect to it (and in the case of an underlease
containing an agreement excluding the effect of §§24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act, certified copies of the notices, declarations or statutory declarations required to be respectively served and
made under the 1954 Act as amended by the Order), and shall pay the Landlord a reasonable fee of not less than £35 for its registration.

                                                                   33

16.1 Notice of interests

The Tenant shall on request by the Landlord give the Landlord full details of:

(A) all underleases of the Premises, however remote, including the rents payable under them and such other details as the Landlord may reasonably require in respect of
them; and

(B) all Group Companies of the Tenant or any undertenant (however remote) in occupation of the Premises and their relationship to the Tenant or undertenant, as the case may be.

17. Legislation

17.1 Planning

The Tenant shall comply with the Planning Acts in so far as they relate to the Premises and the use of the Common Parts and shall not:

(A) make any application for planning permission or any application for a determination that planning permission is not required for any Alterations or any change of the
Authorised Use without the prior written consent of the Landlord.  Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the application relates to a matter for which the Landlord cannot
unreasonably withhold or delay its consent under this Lease; and

(B) carry out any Alterations or change the Authorised Use until all necessary planning permissions have been obtained and approved in writing by the Landlord.  Subject
to clause 17.2, the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval where it has given consent to the application for planning permission being made.

17.2 Approval of permissions

The Landlord shall be entitled to:

(A) impose reasonable conditions to the giving of its approval; and

(B) withhold its approval to any planning permission if any condition contained in or omitted from it or its duration would, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, have
or be likely to have an adverse effect on the value of the Landlord's interest in the Building or any Adjoining Premises at any time during or after the end of the Term.

17.3 Statutes

The Tenant shall comply with every Statute which affects the Premises and the Common Parts or their use and occupation and shall carry out and maintain at its own
cost and expense all works and arrangements required under any Statute whether imposed on the Tenant or any other person so far as they relate to the Premises.

                                                                   34

17.4 CDM Regulations

The Tenant shall comply in all respects with the CDM Regulations in so far as they relate to the Premises and, without limitation, shall at its own cost and
expense:

(A) notify the Health and Safety Executive of any Alterations; and

(B) maintain and update the Health and Safety File as necessary and provide copies of it to the Landlord and any person entitled to inspect it on request by those
persons; and

(C) where there is more than one client in relation to a project, make a written election to be treated as the only client for the purposes of the CDM Regulations and
provide the Landlord with a copy of the election, (and, where the Landlord is a client, the Landlord hereby consents to such election).

17.5 Statutory notices

The Tenant shall give to the Landlord a copy of every notice, order, direction, licence, consent or permission relating to the Premises made or given under any
Statute within seven days of its receipt, or sooner in cases of emergency.  If required by the Landlord, the Tenant shall at the joint cost of the parties cost and expense make or join the Landlord
in making such objections, applications or representations against or in respect of them as the Landlord shall reasonably require save where it would be against the interest of the
Tenant's use of the Premises or business carried out at the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

18. 
Third party rights

18.1 Loss of existing rights benefiting the Premises

The Tenant shall not stop up, darken or obstruct any window or other opening belonging to the Premises or do any other act or thing which may lead to any rights
benefiting the Premises or the Building being lost.

18.2 Creation of new rights over the Premises

The Tenant shall not permit or allow any encroachment to be made which may lead to rights being acquired by any person over the Premises or the Building.

18.3 Notification

The Tenant shall notify the Landlord of any of the matters referred to in this clause 18 as soon as the same come to the notice of the Tenant and shall take such
action as the Landlord reasonably requires to prevent any rights being acquired over the Premises or the Building or any rights benefiting the Premises or the Building being lost.

19. Title matters

19.1 Covenants restricting use

The Tenant shall not enter into any covenant in favour of any person other than the Landlord relating to the Premises or require any assignee or undertenant to give
covenants which would restrict the use of the Premises to a greater extent than the restrictions on use contained in this Lease.

                                                                   35

19.2 Existing title matters

The Tenant shall comply with the conditions, covenants, restrictions and other matters contained or referred to in the deeds and documents specified in schedule 4

20. End of the Term

20.1 Return of the Premises

At the end of the Term, the Tenant shall return the Premises to the Landlord:

(A) with vacant possession; and

(B) repaired, cleaned and maintained in accordance with the Tenant's Covenants.

20.2 Reinstatement at the end of the Term

Subject to clause 20.3, at the end of the Term the Tenant shall:

(A) remove any buildings or other works in respect of which any planning permission, bye-law or other consent may have been granted for a limited period only;
and

(B) remove any moulding, sign or painting of the name or business of the Tenant or any undertenant or other occupiers of the Premises and all tenant's fixtures and
chattels; and

(C) remove any Hazardous Material unless it was present at the time the Tenant first took possession of the Premises; and

(D) reinstate all Alterations made to the Premises and restore the Premises to the state and condition in which the Tenant first took possession of them being to the
Category A specification as specified in the Base Specification.

The Tenant shall carry out all works on the same terms as those contained in clause 10.4 as if the works to be carried out were Alterations for which the consent of the
Landlord has been obtained and the Tenant shall make good all physical damage to the Building caused in the exercise of these obligations to the Landlord's reasonable satisfaction.

20.3 Waiver of reinstatement

Clause 20.2 shall not apply to the extent that the Landlord notifies the Tenant in writing at any time before the last six months of the Term that it does not require any
works of reinstatement specified in that notice to be carried out.  If the Landlord serves notice under this clause 20.3, the Tenant shall not carry out the works specified in that notice.

20.4 Removal of Tenant's effects

The Tenant irrevocably appoints the Landlord as its agent to store and dispose of any tenant's fixtures and chattels left by the Tenant on the Premises for more than
twenty one days after the end of the Term.  The Landlord shall be entitled to dispose of these items on such terms as it sees fit without being liable to the Tenant except to account for the net
proceeds of sale after deducting any costs of storage and any other proper expenses reasonably incurred by the Landlord.

                                                                   36

20.5 Service charge payments

At the end of the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord all unexpended amounts, if any, collected from any undertenants of the Premises by way of service
charge together with any interest earned on such moneys.  In respect of all moneys actually received by the Landlord:

(A) the Landlord shall indemnify the Tenant from and against any lawful claims from any undertenants in respect of the unexpended moneys; and

(B) this clause 20.5 shall be taken into account in determining any liability of the Tenant in respect of any breach of the Tenant's Covenants.

20.6 Exclusion of compensation

Subject to the 1954 Act, the Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation under any Statute or otherwise at the end of the Term.

20.7 Land Registry forms

(A) Obligation to register Lease at Land Registry

The Tenant will:

	use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Tenant is registered at HM Land Registry as proprietor of the Lease as soon as reasonably possible; and

	use its reasonable endeavours to procure that all rights granted or reserved by the Lease are properly noted against the affected titles; and

	deliver to the Landlord, within 10 working days of registration, official copies of the registered title evidencing that the Tenant is the registered proprietor of the
Lease.

20.8 EPC Regulations

(A) Not to effect any alteration nor replace any fittings lighting or any machinery plant or other equipment or item which consumes energy at the Building without
ensuring that any such activity:

	does not adversely affect the EPC Rating at the date of this Lease; and

	is consistent with the EPC Policy provided to the Tenant.

(B) To allow the Landlord and the Management Company full access to the Premises and to the Tenant's records, data and documents which relate to energy
consumption at the Building for the purpose of the Landlord's and the Management Company's development, implementation and revision of the EPC Policy and the production of any EPC and
any Recommendation Report and any DEC from time to time.

                                                                   37

(C) To take all reasonably practicable steps to co-operate with the Landlord or the Management Company or their representatives in the preparation of any of the Energy
Documents.

(D) To adopt such reasonable practicable recycling, waste control and disposal arrangements, cleaning methods energy use and other reasonable strategies as conform
with the EPC Policy and provide such reasonable evidence of the same to the Landlord or the Management Company upon reasonable request.

(E) Not to commission nor suffer nor permit the commissioning of any EPC for the Premises save where it is required to do so to comply with Statute and in the event
that an EPC shall be required to be commissioned, the Tenant will not do so (nor suffer or allow the same to be done) without previously informing the Landlord and allowing the Landlord and the
Management Company (should the Landlord so request) to be a full participant in the exercise (on the basis that the Landlord and the Management Company shall have no right to obstruct its
prompt conclusion).

(F) To take all such reasonable actions as requested by the Landlord or the Management Company to conform with the proposals made in any Recommendation Report.

PART 6 : LANDLORD'S COVENANTS AND MANAGEMENT COMPANY'S
COVENANTS

21. 
Landlord's obligations

21.1 Quiet enjoyment

Subject to clause 21.2 the Tenant shall be entitled quietly to enjoy the Premises throughout the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or by any person
lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord.

21.2 No derogation from grant

The exercise by the Landlord or the Management Company or any other person of any right reserved in this Lease shall not be in derogation of the Landlord's grant
nor be a breach of the Landlord's obligation in clause 21.1.

21.3 Guarantee of the Management Company's Covenants

(A) The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that the Management Company or the Landlord will comply with the Management Company's Covenants.

(B) At any time during the Term the Landlord may on giving written notice to the Tenant and the Management Company determine that it will undertake or exercise the
Management Company's Covenants with effect from such date as shall be specified in that notice.

21.4 Limitation on liability

Nether the Landlord nor the Management Company shall be liable to the Tenant or to any persons deriving title under the Tenant or its or their respective licensees,
agents or employees in respect of any loss or damage caused by or arising from any breach of:

(A) the Landlord's Covenants, save for its obligations in clause 7; or

                                                                   38

(B) the Management Company's Covenants; or

(C) obligations on the part of the Landlord and/or the Management Company express or implied under Statute

unless and until the Tenant has notified the Landlord or the Management Company of the breach and the Landlord or the Management Company has failed to remedy it
within a reasonable time.  If the Landlord or the Management Company fails to remedy the breach within a reasonable time, the Landlord or the Management Company shall be liable to
compensate the Tenant only for loss or damage sustained by the Tenant after such reasonable time has elapsed.

21.5 Exclusion of liability

Neither the Landlord nor the Management Company shall be liable to the Tenant or to any persons deriving title under the Tenant or its or their respective licensees,
agents or employees in respect of any loss or damage  which is not attributable to the wilful default or negligence of the Landlord caused by or arising from:

(A) any Insurance Event where the Landlord complies with its obligations under clause 7; or

(B) any act or omission of any employee of the Landlord or the Management Company other than in the performance of duties imposed by the Landlord or the
Management Company; or

(C) any act or omission of any other tenant of the Landlord or any person deriving title under such a tenant or any licensee; or

(D) any approval or consent given in respect of any drawings, plans, specifications or other documents prepared by or on behalf of the Tenant relating to any Alterations;
or

(E) any failure, interruption or delay in the performance of the Landlord's Covenants and the Management Company's Covenants from any cause or circumstance
beyond the control of the Landlord or the Management Company including, without limitation, mechanical breakdown, failure, malfunction, shortages of fuel or materials or labour disputes;
or

(F) any failure, interruption or delay in the supply of any of the Services from any necessary maintenance, servicing, repair or replacement of the Conduits, any Services
Systems or any other plant, equipment or machinery used in the provision of the Services.

PART 7 : SUPERIOR LEASES

22. Superior Leases

22.1 Tenant's obligations

The Tenant shall comply with the obligations contained in the Superior Leases which the tenants of the Superior Leases covenant to comply with insofar as they are
applicable to the Premises, except for the obligation on the tenants of the Superior Leases to pay the rents reserved by them.

                                                                   39

22.2 Landlord's obligations

The Landlord shall:

(A) pay the rents reserved by the Superior Leases; and

(B) comply with the obligations on the part of the tenants of the Superior Leases which are not the responsibility of the Tenant under this Lease; and

(C) at the request and cost of the Tenant on a full indemnity basis, including reasonable security for costs paid in advance if the Landlord reasonably requires this, use all
reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlords comply with the obligations on the part of the landlords contained in the Superior Leases.

22.3 Consents

Without prejudice to the terms of this Lease, where the consent or approval of the Landlord is required to any act or thing:

(A) it shall be a condition precedent to the grant of that consent or approval that, if required under the Superior Leases, the consent or approval of Superior Landlords is
obtained; and

(B) where the Landlord is under an obligation not unreasonably to withhold or delay its consent or approval, the Landlord shall, at the cost of the Tenant on a full
indemnity basis, apply for and use all reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent or approval of the Superior Landlords where this is required under the Superior Leases; and

(C) references to the consent or approval of the Superior Landlords shall include the consent or approval of any person from whom the Superior Landlords are under an
obligation to obtain consent or approval.

PART 8 : SERVICES AND SERVICE CHARGE

23. Services and Service Charge

23.1 Defined Terms

In this clause 23 and schedule 7 unless the contrary intention appears:

"Accounting Period" means the period from and including 1 January in any year to and including 31 December in the same year.  The Management
Company acting reasonably may from time to time, by notice in writing to the Tenant, change:

(A) the date on which each Accounting Period commences; or

(B) the duration of the Accounting Period.

"Advance Service Charge" means, in respect of each Accounting Period, the reasonable sum notified by the Management Company to the Tenant
that is payable by the Tenant on account of the Service Charge for that Accounting Period.

"Balancing Payment" means, in respect of each Accounting Period, the sum payable by or to the Tenant, as the case requires, equal to respectively
the amount by which the Service Charge for that Accounting Period either exceeds or is less than the aggregate of the Advance Service Charge paid for that Accounting Period and any sums
paid under clause 23.6 during that Accounting Period.

                                                                   40

"Items of Expenditure" means the items of expenditure set out in Part 44 of schedule 7.

"Service Charge Expenditure" means, in respect of each Accounting Period, the aggregate of the following sums after:

(A)the Service Costs for that Accounting Period whether or not incurred prior to the Term Commencement Date; and

(B)any Service Costs included under clause 23.9; and

(C)such sum or sums by way of reasonable provision for the Service Costs which the Management Company expects will be incurred within the period of three years
immediately after the expiration of that Accounting Period.

"Service Charge Proportion" means the proportion reasonably determined by the Management Company of the Service Charge Expenditure as a fair
apportionment of the Service Charge Expenditure as between the Landlord (in respect of any Lettable Areas which are unlet), the Tenant and the other tenants and occupiers of the Lettable
Areas.

"Service Charge Statement" means a statement showing for the relevant Accounting Period:

(A)the Service Charge Expenditure; and

(B)the Service Charge; and

(C)the Advance Service Charge paid by the Tenant; and

(D)any sums paid by the Tenant under clause 23.6; and

(E)the Balancing Payment.

"Service Costs" means, in respect of each Accounting Period, the proper and reasonable expenditure incurred by or on behalf of the Management
Company during that Accounting Period in providing the Services and in respect of the Items of Expenditure.

23.2 Provision of the Services

The Landlord shall provide the Services during Business Hours for the benefit of the Building in accordance with the principles of good estate management.

23.3 Service Charge

The Service Charge payable by the Tenant for each Accounting Period shall be the Service Charge Proportion of the Service Charge Expenditure.

23.4 Service Charge Proportion

In determining the Service Charge Proportion, the Management Company:

(A) may allocate to the Tenant or to the tenants or occupiers of any other Lettable Areas the whole or a part, as the Management Company reasonably determines, of the
cost of providing or incurring any particular Services or Items of Expenditure; and

                                                                   41

(B) shall not increase or alter the Service Charge Proportion by reason only that:

	any part of the Lettable Areas is unlet or let on terms which do not require the tenant or other occupier to pay a service charge; or

	any tenant or other occupier of the Lettable Areas is in default in the payment of any Service Charge Expenditure.

23.5 Advance Service Charge

The Advance Service Charge shall be payable by equal quarterly payments in advance on the Quarter Days and, if the Management Company requires, by banker's
standing order.  If the Tenant has not been notified of the Advance Service Charge for any Accounting Period before the commencement of that Accounting Period:

(A) until it is notified the Tenant shall continue to pay the Advance Service Charge at the rate payable for the Accounting Period immediately before the relevant
Accounting Period; and

(B) within seven days of notification to the Tenant of the Advance Service Charge for the relevant Accounting Period, the Tenant shall pay to the Management Company
any increase in that Advance Service Charge.

The first payment of Advance Service Charge for the period from and including the date of this Lease or, if earlier, the date the Tenant took occupation of the Premises to
and including the day immediately before the next Quarter Day, shall be paid on the date of this Lease.

23.6 Additional payments

If from time to time the Management Company wishes or is required to incur any Service Costs and the money held by the Management Company on account of the
Service Costs is insufficient for this purpose, the Management Company shall be entitled to demand a further reasonable sum on account of the Service Charge.  The Tenant shall pay such sum
within seven days of demand.

23.7 Service Charge Statement

As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Accounting Period the Management Company shall deliver to the Tenant the Service Charge Statement ,the
Service Costs in which have been certified or audited, as the case requires, at the Management Company's discretion by a surveyor or accountant employed by the Management Company, the
Landlord, any Group Company of the Landlord or the Management Company or the Landlord's or the Management Company's managing agents.

23.8 Balancing Payment

If the Balancing Payment shown on a Service Charge Statement is payable by:

(A) the Tenant to the Management Company, the Tenant shall pay the Balancing Payment to the Management Company within twenty one
days of the delivery to the Tenant of the Service Charge Statement; or

                                                                   42

(B) the Management Company to the Tenant, the Balancing Payment shall be set off against any sum payable by the Tenant under this
clause 23 and, in the case of the final Service Charge Statement, any part of the Balancing Payment which has not been so set off shall be paid by the Management Company to the Tenant
within fourteen days of the delivery to the Tenant of that Service Charge Statement.

23.9 Correction of Service Charge calculations

If the Management Company omits any Service Costs from the Service Charge Statement for the Accounting Period in which they were incurred, the Management
Company shall be entitled to include those Service Costs in the Service Charge Statement for any subsequent Accounting Period.

23.10 Meter readings

In the calculation of the Service Costs and the Service Charge Proportion, the gas, electricity, water and any other services consumed in the Building shall be
determined by readings taken from time to time by or on behalf of the Management Company from the appropriate check meters in the Building.

23.11 Disputes

If the Tenant has paid in full all sums which the Management Company requires it to pay under this clause 23, including any disputed sums, it may, subject to clause
23.12, by written notice served on the Management Company within one month of delivery to the Tenant of a Service Charge Statement specify anything in it which the Tenant disputes.

If the Management Company and the Tenant cannot resolve the dispute by agreement within two months of the service of the Tenant's notice it shall be resolved by the
decision of an expert who shall be appointed and act in accordance with clause 23.13.

Time is of the essence in relation to the service of a notice under this clause 23.11. 

23.12 Amount of Service Charge Expenditure

The Tenant shall not be entitled to dispute the Service Charge Expenditure shown in a Service Charge Statement by reason that the Services or Items of Expenditure
could have been provided or incurred at a cost less than that in fact incurred by the Management Company.

23.13 Appointment of expert

The expert shall be of at least ten years professional standing and appointed by agreement between the Management Company and the Tenant or, in the absence of
agreement, by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of the Management Company or the Tenant.  If he is unable or unwilling to make
the appointment, it shall be made by the Vice President or the next senior officer willing and able to do so.  If there is no such officer available, it shall be made by an officer of such other
professional body as is nominated by the Management Company.

Clause 6.4 shall apply to the expert in the same way that it applies to the Valuer but his costs shall be paid by the Tenant unless the expert decides otherwise and he shall
give his decision in writing to the Management Company and the Tenant.

                                                                   43

23.14 Expert's decision

If in resolving a dispute pursuant to clause 23.13 the expert substitutes a different Balancing Payment for the Balancing Payment shown in a Service Charge
Statement:

(A) an appropriate payment or set off, as the case requires, shall be made between the Management Company and the Tenant in accordance with clause 23.8(A) or
23.8(B) so that they are in the position they should have been in had the different Balancing Payment been substituted for that shown in the relevant Service Charge Statement before its delivery
to the Tenant ; and

(B) the payment or set off shall be made within fourteen days of the delivery of the expert's decision to the relevant party.

23.15 Variation to Services

If the Management Company reasonably determines that this is desirable for the better use and enjoyment of the Building by its occupiers or for the more efficient
management of the Building it shall from time to time be entitled in its discretion to withhold, add to, extend, vary or make any alteration in the Services or the manner in which they are provided
and shall notify the Tenant accordingly.

23.16 Extension in the Business Hours

If the Tenant uses the Premises outside the Business Hours under clause 11.5, the Tenant shall pay to the Management Company within seven days of demand and
in addition to the Service Charge the whole or a part, as reasonably determined by the Management Company, of the costs and expenses attributable to the provision of any Services outside the
Business Hours and any associated Items of Expenditure.

23.17 Continuing effect

This clause 23 shall continue in effect after the end of the Term but only in respect of any period before the end of the Term.

23.18 Environmental

Notwithstanding any other provision in this clause 23 or elsewhere in this Lease the Tenant shall have no liability by way of Service Charge or otherwise to make any
payment or contribution towards the cost of compliance with any environmental regulations arising out of any Hazardous Material at the Building unless the presence of such Hazardous Material
was caused by the Tenant.

PART 9 : GUARANTOR'S OBLIGATIONS

24. Tenant's Guarantor

24.1 The Tenant's Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that the Tenant will comply with the Tenant's Covenants until the Tenant
is released from them under the terms of the 1995 Act.  This obligation is a guarantee and indemnity for the purposes of schedule 5 and incorporates its provisions. 

                                                                   44

PART 10 : GENERAL PROVISIONS

25. Tenant's option to renew

25.1 If the Tenant wishes to enter into a further Lease of the Premises for a term of five years commencing on and including  22 June  2026 upon
the same terms and conditions as this Lease (including the exclusion of sections 24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act in accordance with section 38A of the 1954 Act) except as varied by the
provisions of Schedule 8 (the "Further Lease") the Tenant must first serve written notice on the Landlord indicating such intention (the "Intention
Notice") not more than twelve nor less than eight months before the Expiry of the Term.

25.2 Within twenty eight days of receipt of the Intention Notice the Landlord will:

(A) serve notice on the Tenant in relation to the tenancy to be granted by the Further Lease in accordance with section 38A(3)(a) of the 1954 Act; and

(B) serve notice on the Tenant's Guarantor in relation to the tenancy to be entered into by the Tenant's Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 5 of the Further Lease
in accordance with section 38A(3)(a) of the 1954 Act. 

25.3 If:

(A) the Landlord has served notice on the Tenant in accordance with clause 25.2; and

(B) the Tenant has made the appropriate declaration or statutory declaration confirming receipt of such notice in accordance with schedule 2 to the Order (as required to
give effect to the agreement by the Landlord and the Tenant to exclude the provisions of sections 24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act to be contained in the Further Lease in accordance with the
provisions of section 38A of the 1954 Act); and

(C) the Tenant's Guarantor
has made the appropriate declaration or statutory declaration confirming receipt of such notice in accordance with schedule 2 to the Order (as required to
give effect to the agreement by the Landlord and the Tenant's Guarantor to exclude the provisions of sections 24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act to be contained in the Further Lease
in relation to the tenancy to be entered into by the Tenant's Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 5 of the Further Lease
in accordance with the provisions of section 38A of the 1954 Act); and

then the Tenant may elect to take the Further Lease by written notice to that effect (the "Option Notice") served on the Landlord not less than six months before
the Expiry of the Term.

                                                                   45

25.4 The Landlord and the Tenant agree to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the satisfaction of the conditions contained in clauses 25.2 and 25.3.

25.5 Subject always to the provisions of clause 25.6, the Option Notice will not be binding on the Landlord unless it:

(A) recites the agreement of the Landlord and the Tenant that sections 24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act will not apply to the tenancy to be created by the Further
Lease; and

(B) recites the agreement of the Landlord and the Tenant's Guarantor that sections 24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act will not apply to the tenancy
to be entered into by the Tenant's Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 5 of the Further Lease; and

(C) contains confirmation by the Tenant that before the date of the Option Notice:

	the Landlord served a notice (the "New 1954 Act Notice") on the Tenant in accordance with section 38A(3)(a) of the 1954 Act;

	the Tenant (or a person duly authorised by the Tenant) made a declaration or statutory declaration (the "New 1954 Act Declaration") confirming receipt of
the New 1954 Act Notice in accordance with schedule 2 to the Order; and

	that where the New 1954 Act Declaration was made by a person other than the Tenant, that person was duly authorised by the Tenant to make the New 1954 Act
Declaration on the Tenant's behalf.

(D) contains confirmation by the Tenant's Guarantor that before the date of the Option Notice:

	the Landlord served a notice (the "New Guarantor 1954 Act Notice") on the Tenant's Guarantor in accordance with section 38A(3)(a) of the 1954 Act;

	the Tenant's Guarantor (or a person duly authorised by the Tenant's Guarantor) made a declaration or statutory declaration (the "New Guarantor 1954 Act Declaration")
confirming receipt of the New 1954 Act Notice in accordance with schedule 2 to the Order; and

	that where the New Guarantor 1954 Act Declaration was made by a person other than the Tenant's Guarantor, that person was duly authorised by the Tenant's Guarantor to make
the New Guarantor 1954 Act Declaration on the Tenant's Guarantor's behalf.

25.6 PROVIDED:

(A) there are no outstanding substantial breaches of the Tenant's Covenants of which the Landlord has given notice to the Tenant and given the Tenant a reasonable
opportunity to remedy that breach; and

(B) the Tenant has paid all the Rents due under this Lease up to and including the Expiry of the Term; and

(C) the Option Notice has been validly served in accordance with the provisions of clause 25.3 and complies in all respects with the provisions of clause 25.5;
and

(D) any surety of the Tenant's obligations under this Lease joins in the Further Lease to covenant with the Landlord in the terms contained in schedule 5 (mutatis
mutandis)

the Landlord will grant and the Tenant will take the Further Lease of the Premises on or (if earlier) not more than one month before the Expiry of the Term PROVIDED
FURTHER that where either the Tenant and/or any surety of the Tenant's obligations under the Further Lease are incorporated under the laws of any jurisdiction other than England and
Wales they have also in each case provided immediately prior to such grant a legal opinion (addressed to and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Landlord on the advice of the Landlord's
solicitors and dated not more than  14 days prior to such grant) prepared by legal advisers duly qualified to practice in the relevant jurisdiction confirming (i) the validity of the execution of the
Further Lease by the Tenant and/or any such surety and (ii) the enforceability of the Further Lease under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction.

                                                                   46

25.7 At any time after the Expiry of the Term a party who is ready able and willing to complete the grant of the Further Lease may serve on the other a notice to complete
the grant of the Further Lease in accordance with this clause 25 ("Completion Notice") and in connection with the service of any Completion Notice:

(A) a party is ready able and willing to complete if it could be but for the default of the other party;

(B) the parties are to complete the grant of the Further Lease within fourteen days of serving a Completion Notice (excluding the date on which the Completion Notice is
served) as to which time shall be of the essence; and

(C) if either party receives but fails to complete the grant of the Lease in accordance with a Completion Notice that has been validly served under this clause 25 this
option will be terminated but without prejudice to any other right or remedy of either party against the other.

25.8 The Tenant will register this Option at HM Land Registry within three months from the date of this Lease.

26. Contractual rights of third parties

26.1 No person who is not a party to this Lease shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this
Lease.

27. Third party disputes

27.1 Notification by the Tenant

The Tenant shall promptly give notice to the Landlord of any dispute arising between it and any other tenants or occupiers of the remainder of the Building or the
owners or occupiers of any Adjoining Premises which relates to any right or privilege, any party wall or to the use and enjoyment of the Common Parts.

27.2 Determination by the Landlord

Unless the Landlord is a party to the dispute, the resolution of any dispute notified under clause 27.1 shall, at the request of the Landlord, be carried out on behalf of
the Tenant by the Landlord, but at the Tenant's cost and expense.

28. Assignment of reversion

28.1 The Tenant agrees not unreasonably to withhold or delay its consent to any release requested by the Landlord under s.6 or s.7 of the 1995
Act.

                                                                   47

29. Notices

29.1 Any notice served under or in respect of this Lease may be served by posting it in a prepaid envelope and shall be deemed to have been served on the first
working day after which it was posted and evidence showing that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, stamped and posted shall be sufficient proof of service.  Notices
shall be served:

(A) on the Landlord, the Management Company or any guarantor of the Tenant at its registered office or last known address; and

(B) on the Tenant at its registered office or at the Premises.

30. Law and jurisdiction

30.1 English law

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

30.2 Jurisdiction

The parties to this Lease:

(A) irrevocably agree that, subject to clause 30.2(B), the English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction in relation to any legal action or
proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Lease ("Proceedings") and waive any objection to Proceedings in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the grounds
that Proceedings have been brought in an inappropriate forum; and

(B) agree that clause 30.2(A) operates for the benefit of the Landlord and accordingly the Landlord shall be entitled to take Proceedings in
any other court or courts having jurisdiction.

30.3 Any Proceedings shall be validly served on the Landlord if sent to c/o Hondo Enterprises, 9 Newburgh Street, London W1F 7RL or to any other address for service in
England or Wales as it may notify in writing to the other parties at any time.

30.4 Any Proceedings shall be validly served on the Tenant's Guarantor if sent to Oxford House, Bell Business Park, Aylesbury, Bucks HP19 8JR or to any other address
for service in England or Wales as the Tenant's Guarantor may notify in writing to the other parties at any time.

31. 

Execution and delivery

31.1 The parties have executed this Lease as a deed but have not delivered it until the date of this Lease.

                                                                   48

SCHEDULE 1 
: THE PREMISES

PART 1 
: DEFINITION OF THE PREMISES

1. 
Identification of the Premises

The Premises shown edged red on Plan B comprising the Third Floor of the Building.

2. Areas included in the Premises

2.1 The Premises include:

(A) all non-structural or non-loadbearing walls and columns within the Premises together with the inner half, severed vertically, of those dividing the Premises from other
parts of the Building; and

(B) the internal plaster surfaces and finishes of the walls of the Premises, including those on any structural or loadbearing walls and columns within or enclosing the
Premises; and

(C) all light fittings, raised floor systems, floor screeds and finishes; and

(D) all carpets or other floor coverings provided or paid for by the Landlord; and

(E) all internal windows, internal window frames and internal window furniture and glass in the internal windows; and

(F) all curtains and blinds provided or paid for by the Landlord; and

(G) all doors and doorframes in all walls within or enclosing the Premises and all door furniture and glass within the doors; and

(H) all sanitary and hot and cold water apparatus and equipment, if any, in and exclusively serving the Premises; and

(I) all other landlord's fixtures; and

(J) all Alterations except to the extent that they comprise tenant's fixtures.

3. Areas excluded from the
Premises

3.1 The Premises exclude:

(A) the Main Structure and the Office Commons Parts;

(B) all Conduits within or leading to the Premises (whether or not these exclusively serve the Premises); and

(C) the Services Systems within the Premises; and

(D) all tenant's fixtures and chattels; and

(E) the external windows, external window frames and external window glass including those in any external cladding or overlooking any atrium or
galleria.

                                                                   49

PART 2 : THE SERVICES
SYSTEMS

The Services Systems include, without limitation:

	All heating, cooling, air conditioning and ventilation units.

	The Heat Installations.

	Boilers and storage tanks.

	Sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems and fire prevention equipment.

	Intruder alarms and other security systems.

	Lifts.

	Emergency generator.

	Uninterrupted power supply systems.

	Window cleaning cradles and associated equipment.

	Telephones and communication equipment.

	All control systems for any of the Services Systems.

                                                                   50

SCHEDULE 2 : RIGHTS
GRANTED

1. Conduits

1.1 The right to the passage of Utilities through any Conduits which serve the Premises which do not form part of the public mains.

2. Rights of access

2.1 The right:

(A) of access on foot only over the Office Common Parts for the purposes of access to and from the Premises; and

(B) to use the passenger lifts in the Office Commons Parts for access to and from the Premises; and

(C) to use any delivery area, loading bay and goods lifts which the Landlord has designated for use by the Tenant during the Business Hours only for the purposes only
of loading and unloading and delivering goods and equipment to and from the Premises; and

(D) to use the refuse disposal and collection areas within the Office Common Parts which the Landlord or the Management Company shall designate for use by the
Tenant for the purpose of depositing refuse ready for collection; and

(E) the right in emergency only to use any fire escape routes within the Building as the Landlord may designate; and

(F) (at reasonable times and after giving reasonable written notice) to enter upon such other parts of the Building as may reasonably be necessary in order to make
connections to any Conduits within or leading to the Premises and to inspect and repair such connections or otherwise complying with the Tenant's obligations under this Lease the Tenant doing
as little damage as possible and making good all physical damage caused to the Building to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and complying with the reasonable requirements of the
Landlord and causing the minimum of inconvenience to the occupiers of such other parts of the Building.

3. Support

3.1 The right of support, shelter and protection for the Premises from the remainder of the Building.

4. Signage

4.1 In the entrance hall

The right to have the name of the Tenant and the location of the Premises displayed in such manner and in such place as the Landlord may reasonably designate in
the main ground floor entrance hall of the Office Common Parts.

                                                                   51

4.2 On the entrance doors

The exclusive right to display on the entrance doors of the Premises a sign or signs stating the Tenant's name and business of such nature and size and in such
position as the Landlord may reasonably determine.

5. Basement Facilities

5.1 The non-exclusive right to use the cycle spaces and the shower and changing facilities provided by the Landlord currently in the basement of the Building
subject to the right of the Landlord to provide alternative similar facilities elsewhere in the Building provided that such facilities shall be available for use at all times but operated on a first come
first served basis.

                                                                   52

SCHEDULE 3 : RIGHTS RESERVED

1. 
Conduits and Services

1.1 To use the Conduits

The right to the passage of Utilities through any Conduits which may at any time be in, under or over the Premises for the benefit of the remainder of the Building and
any Adjoining Premises.

1.2 To create new Conduits

The right to create any new services or easements in, under or over the Premises for the benefit of the remainder of the Building and any Adjoining Premises and to
connect into and use any existing Conduits in, under or over the Premises.

2. Building and Adjoining
Premises

2.1 Rights to use Building and Adjoining Premises

The right to build, alter, clean, decorate, demolish, develop, rebuild, renew, repair and carry out any other works upon and otherwise use or deal with the remainder
of the Building and any Adjoining Premises in such manner and for any purpose as the person exercising the right thinks fit.

2.2 Exercise of the rights

In exercising the rights in paragraph 2.1 the person doing so may:

(A) oversail cranes over the Premises for the duration of the works being carried out; and

(B) build on or into any external wall of the Premises; and

(C) erect scaffolding against any external wall of the Premises for the duration of the works being carried out

PROVIDED THAT the Landlord shall ensure that in the exercise of the rights referred to in paragraph 2.1 there is caused as little inconvenience or disturbance to the
Tenant or any undertenant or other lawful occupier of the Premises as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances and that such exercise shall not prohibit or unreasonably interfere with or
prevent the use of the Premises for the Authorised Use.

2.3No claims

The Tenant shall not be entitled to claim against the Landlord or any other person for any obstruction to the passage of light and air to the Premises or for any
nuisance arising from the exercise of the rights in this paragraph 2.

                                                                   53

3. Entry on to the Premises

3.1 Rights reserved

Subject to paragraph 3.2 below, the right to enter onto and remain upon the Premises with or without plant, machinery and equipment:

(A) to exercise the rights reserved in this schedule 3; and

(B) to carry out any works in respect of any easements or services benefiting the Premises, the remainder of the Building or any Adjoining Premises; and

(C) to view the state and condition of the Premises or the remainder of the Building including, where necessary, opening up any part of the floors, ceilings and walls of the
Premises; and

(D) to remedy any breach of the Tenant's Covenants; and

(E) to carry out any repairs, decoration, cleaning or other works which should or may be carried out by the Landlord whether under this Lease or otherwise or in
connection with the provision of the Services; and

(F) to carry out any repairs, decoration, cleaning or other works to the remainder of the Building and any Adjoining Premises; and

(G) in connection with any requirements of the insurers; and

(H) to value the Building whether for insurance purposes or otherwise; and

(I) to prepare for the disposal of the Landlord's interest in the Premises or the Building or, in the last six months of the Term, the re-letting of the Premises; and

(J) to affix on the exterior of the Premises notices for the sale of the Building or, in the last six months of the Term, the re-letting of the Premises so long as this does not
create a material obstruction of the access of light and air to the Premises.

3.2 Exercise of the rights

On the exercise of any rights of entry on to the Premises, the person entering shall give reasonable prior notice to the Tenant unless the rights need to be exercised
in an emergency, cause as little damage as reasonably possible and as little inconvenience as reasonably practicable in the exercise of the rights and make good any physical damage caused to
the Premises and the Tenant's fixtures and fittings in the exercise of those rights.

4. Support

4.1 The right of support, shelter and protection from the Premises for the remainder of the Building and any Adjoining Premises.

                                                                   54

5. Fire escapes

5.1 The right in common with the Tenant in cases of emergency only to use any fire escape routes within the Premises designated by the Landlord for use as a
means of escape in case of fire.

6. Superior Leases

6.1 The rights excepted and reserved to the Superior Landlords pursuant to the Superior Leases to the extent they relate to the Premises.

   

   

   

   

                                                                   55

SCHEDULE 4 : TITLE
MATTERS

1. The entries in the property and charges registers of the title numbers set out in clause LR2.1 as existing at the date of this Lease.

   

   

   

   

   

   

                                                                   56

SCHEDULE 5 : GUARANTEE PROVISIONS

1. Defined terms

1.1 In this schedule 5, unless the contrary intention appears:

"Event of Default" means:

(A) the disclaimer of this Lease by a trustee in bankruptcy or liquidator of the Tenant or by the Crown; or

(B) if the Tenant is a company, the Tenant is dissolved, struck off the register of companies or otherwise ceases to exist; or

(C) the ending of this Lease pursuant to clause 2.2.

"Guarantee" means any guarantee and indemnity given to the Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease by:

(A)the Tenant's Guarantor under clause 24.1; or

(B)the Tenant in accordance with clause 12.3(B)(1); or

(C)any guarantor or guarantors of an assignee of this Lease in accordance with clause 12.3(B)(2); or

(D)any guarantor of the Tenant in accordance with clause 12.3(D); or

(E)any guarantor or guarantors of an undertenant in accordance with clause 13.6; or

(F)any undertenant on an assignment of their underlease in accordance with paragraph 2.2(B) of Part 2 of schedule 6; or

(G)any other person in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

"Guarantor" means the party giving the Guarantee.

"New Lease" means a lease of the Premises:

(A)for a term of years commencing on the date of the Event of Default and expiring on the date upon which the Term would have expired; and

(B)reserving a yearly rent equal to the yearly rent reserved under this Lease at the date of the Event of Default; and

(C)containing rent a review date which occurs on the Review Date; and

(D)containing a rent review date on the first day of the term of the New Lease, but reviewing the yearly rent as at the date of the outstanding rent review, if there was
an outstanding rent review under this Lease which had not been agreed or determined before the date of the Event of Default; and

(E)containing redecoration dates which occur on the dates upon which the Premises were to be redecorated under this Lease; and

                                                                   57

(F)otherwise containing the same terms and conditions as this Lease.

"Obligations" means the obligations guaranteed by the Guarantor under its Guarantee.

"Principal" means the party who has responsibility for complying with the Obligations but excludes the Guarantor.

2. Effect of the
Guarantee

2.1 Guarantee and indemnity

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord as primary obligor, and not merely as guarantor, that the Obligations will be complied with and also as a separate
obligation to indemnify the Landlord against any breach of them.

2.2 Claims

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the Landlord may make any claim against the Guarantor without first making demand of the Principal or exercising
any other rights or enforcing any other security or guarantee which it may have in respect of the Obligations.

2.3 Continuing guarantee

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall not be released or varied by:

(A) any Event of Default; or 

(B) the surrender of any part of the Premises; or

(C) the variation of this Lease; or

(D) any concession, time, indulgence or release given by the Landlord to the Principal or any co-guarantor; or

(E) any other act or thing which would, but for this paragraph 2.3, release or vary the Guarantee.

3. Postponement of rights

3.1 Priority of claims

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that, unless and until all the Obligations have been complied with or otherwise discharged:

(A) the Guarantor shall not claim any rights of subrogation against the Principal, prove or claim in competition to the Landlord in any liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement,
scheme of arrangement, composition with creditors, receivership or administration of or concerning the Principal, or take any guarantee, indemnity or other security or other right from the
Principal in respect of all or any of the liabilities of the Guarantor under this Lease; and

(B) any moneys which the Guarantor receives from any procedure or action of any of the kinds referred to in paragraph 3.1(A) shall be paid to the Landlord, and every
guarantee, indemnity or other security or other right referred to in paragraph 3.1(A) shall be held on trust for the benefit of the Landlord.

                                                                   58

3.2 Discharge conditional

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that, if any payment made by the Principal, Guarantor or any co-guarantor is ordered to be refunded under any law
relating to bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency, the Landlord may claim from the Guarantor as if such payment had not been made and any release, discharge or settlement between the
Guarantor and the Landlord shall take effect subject to this condition.

3.3 Set-off, counterclaim and other deductions

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that the Guarantor shall make any payments due from it under the Guarantee in full, without any deduction or withholding
by way of set-off, counterclaim, taxation or otherwise, except only those required by law, in which case the Guarantor shall pay such increased amount as is necessary to ensure that the
Landlord receives, after all such deductions and withholdings, the full amount.

4. Event of
Default

4.1 Landlord's rights

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that, at any time within the period of six months after the Landlord receives actual notice that an Event of Default has
occurred, the Landlord may serve written notice on the Guarantor requiring the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease as tenant.  Where there is more than one Guarantor, the Landlord
may serve the notice on any of them.

4.2 Guarantor's obligations

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that if the Landlord requires the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease, the Guarantor shall:

(A) execute and deliver to any superior landlord a counterpart of any licence to underlet which may be required for the grant of the New Lease.  The licence to underlet
shall contain such covenants as may be properly required of the Guarantor as undertenant; and

(B) if required by the Landlord, do all things required for the purposes of validly excluding the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act (as amended by the
Order) in relation to the New Lease; and

(C) if required by the Landlord, join in any application and do all things reasonably required for the purposes of authorising an agreement to exclude the operation of ss24
to 28 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to the New Lease; and

(D) accept the grant of the New Lease and execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of the New Lease; and

(E) pay the costs and disbursements of the Landlord's solicitors and other professional advisers on a full indemnity basis arising from the grant of the New Lease and the
enforcement of the Guarantee together with any irrecoverable Value Added Tax incurred by the Landlord.

                                                                   59

4.3 Effect of the grant of a New Lease

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the grant of a New Lease shall not prejudice any rights of the Landlord against the Guarantor or any co-guarantor
in respect of any liability under the Guarantee or any other guarantee or security held by the Landlord in respect of the Obligations in so far as that liability relates to any period prior to the date of
the Event of Default.

4.4 No New Lease

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that if an Event of Default occurs and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Guarantor to accept the grant of a
New Lease under paragraph 4.1, the Guarantor shall:

(A) pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to all sums which would have been payable under this Lease but for the Event of Default; and

(B) as a separate indemnity, indemnify the Landlord against the failure of the Tenant to comply with the Tenant's Covenants;

in each case for the period commencing on the date of the Event of Default and ending on the date six months after the Event of Default or, if earlier, the date upon which
the Landlord re-lets the Premises.

   

   

   

                                                                   60

SCHEDULE 6 :
PROVISIONS FOR UNDERLETTING

PART 1 : TERMS OF THE UNDERLEASE

1. General
terms

1.1 Except as required in this Part 1 of schedule 6, the Tenant shall grant each underlease on the same terms, including the right of re-entry, and subject to the
same covenants and conditions as this Lease.

2. Fine or
premium

2.1 No underlease shall be granted for a fine or premium.

3. Rents

3.1 Yearly rent

The rent payable shall be  the rent reasonably obtainable for the Underlet Premises in the open market.

3.2 Rent review

Each underlease to be granted for a term exceeding 5 years shall contain provisions for the upwards only review of rent on each 5th anniversary of
the term commencement date of the relevant underlease on the same terms as clause 5 with such amendments as the Landlord may approve, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed where the proposed amendments reflect the market practice at the date of the underlease.

3.3 Service charge rent

Each underlease shall contain provisions requiring the undertenant to pay by way of additional rent the whole (in the case of an underletting of whole) or a fair and
proper proportion (in the case of an underletting of a Permitted Part) of the Service Charge payable by the Tenant under this Lease.

4. Underlease
term

4.1 The term of the underlease shall expire no later than three days before the date on which the Term expires.

5. Tenant's
Covenants

5.1 Each underlease shall contain a covenant by the undertenant to comply with the Tenant's Covenants, other than the payment of rent and, in the case of an
underletting of a Permitted Part, to the extent only that they apply to the undertenant's use and occupation of the Underlet Premises.

6. Assignment and
charging

6.1 Dealings with part

Each underlease shall contain an absolute prohibition on the undertenant assigning or charging part only of the Underlet Premises.

                                                                   61

6.2 Dealings with the whole

Each underlease shall contain a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign or charge the whole of the Underlet Premises without the prior written consent of the
Landlord and the Tenant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6.3 Terms for assignment

Each underlease shall contain restrictions on its assignment in the form set out in clause 12.

7. Subletting

7.1 Subletting of the whole

Each underlease shall contain an absolute prohibition on the undertenant subletting the whole of the Underlet Premises unless the Underlet Premises comprise the
whole of the Premises, when the undertenant shall be entitled to sublet the whole of them by a sublease which excludes the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act.

7.2 Subletting of part

Each underlease shall contain an absolute prohibition on the undertenant subletting part only of the Underlet Premises.

7.3 Terms of subletting

Where permitted under this paragraph 7, each underlease shall contain:

(A) a covenant by the undertenant not to sublet the whole of the Underlet Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord and the Tenant, such consent not to
be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

(B) provisions prohibiting the creation of any sublease of the whole of the Underlet Premises except by a sublease which complies with Part 1 of this schedule 6 but so
that no subtenant of that undertenant can create any further subletting of the whole or any part of the premises sublet to them; and

(C) a covenant by the undertenant to procure that any permitted subtenant gives a covenant to the Landlord before the grant of any sublease on similar terms to the
covenants set out in Part 2 of this schedule 6; and

(D) an absolute covenant by the subtenant not to assign part only of the Underlet Premises and a further covenant not to assign the whole of the Underlet Premises
without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

8. Sharing of
occupation

8.1 Each underlease may contain provisions entitling the undertenant to share the occupation of the Underlet Premises with a Group Company of the
undertenant on the same terms as those set out in clause 14.2.

                                                                   62

PART 2 : UNDERTENANT'S COVENANTS

1. Defined terms

1.1 In Part 2 of this schedule 6, unless the contrary intention appears:

"Liability Period" means the period from and including the date the underlease is granted or assigned, as the case may be, until the date on which the
undertenant or assignee, as the case may be, is released from its obligations to observe the Undertenant's Covenants under the 1995 Act.

"Undertenant's Covenants" mean the obligations to be complied with by the undertenant of any underlease.

2. To observe terms of this Lease,
etc

2.1 Undertenant's Covenants

The undertenant shall comply with the Undertenant's Covenants and the Tenant's Covenants (except the covenant to pay rent and, in the case of an underlease of
part, to the extent only that they apply to the Underlet Premises) during the Liability Period and indemnify the Landlord on a full indemnity basis against any breach of them occurring during that
period.

2.2 Assignment

On any assignment of the underlease, the undertenant shall:

(A) procure that the assignee gives the Landlord a direct covenant on the terms of this paragraph 2; and

(B) give the Landlord an Authorised Guarantee Agreement guaranteeing that its assignee will comply with the Undertenant's Covenants
and the Tenant's Covenants (except the covenant to pay rent and, in the case of an underlease of a Permitted Part, to the extent only that they apply to the Underlet Premises) from the date of
the assignment until the date when the assignee is released from its obligations under the 1995 Act.

   

   

                                                                   63

SCHEDULE 7 : SERVICES AND ITEMS OF
EXPENDITURE

PART 1 : THE
BUILDING SERVICES

	Inspecting, repairing, maintaining, decorating and, where appropriate, treating, cleaning, washing down, servicing and, when in the
reasonable opinion of the Landlord necessary, altering, renewing, replacing and rebuilding:

(A) the Retained Parts; and

(B) all other plant, machinery and equipment and any Conduits which are not adopted as part of the public mains, except those which are the individual responsibility of
the Tenant or any other tenant or occupier of the Building.

	Providing lighting to the Retained Parts where appropriate at such times as the Landlord reasonably considers necessary or desirable.

	Providing an emergency power supply to the Building as the Landlord may from time to time determine by means of the emergency generator forming part of the
Services Systems.

	Providing a lift service in the Retained Parts at such times as the Landlord reasonably considers necessary or desirable.

	Providing a supply of hot and cold water to the lavatories in the Retained Parts at such times as the Landlord considers necessary or desirable.

	Providing Heat and air conditioning to the Retained Parts at such times as the Landlord considers necessary or desirable using and within the capacity of the existing
Service Systems.

	Providing and installing in the main entrance to the Building and in such other places as the Landlord deems appropriate name-boards of such design, size and
character as the Landlord shall determine.

	Providing security guards for the Retained Parts at such times as the Landlord may reasonably determine.

	Providing security systems for the Building including, without limitation, alarm systems, internal telephone systems, closed circuit television systems, and any traffic
barriers, car park and traffic control and security systems.

	Procuring the disposal of refuse from the Building including its collection and compaction and the provision of receptacles and plant and equipment for these
purposes.

	Cleaning the exterior of all windows and window frames in the Building, save where the responsibility of any particular tenant, and cleaning other external part of the
Building and providing and maintaining facilities and equipment for these purposes.

	Implementing rodent or other pest control in the Building.

	Installing inspecting, maintaining, operating, repairing, and, as and when in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord necessary, renewing and replacing fire detectors,
alarms, fire prevention and fighting equipment and systems in the Building.

                                                                   64

PART 2 : THE OFFICE
SERVICES 

	Inspecting, repairing, maintaining, decorating and, where appropriate, treating, cleaning, washing down,
servicing and, when in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord necessary, altering, renewing, replacing and rebuilding:

(A) the Office Common Parts; and

(B) such of the Services Systems as are intended to serve the office parts of the Building; and

(C) all other plant, machinery and equipment and any Conduits which are not adopted as part of the public mains, except those which are the individual responsibility of
the Tenant or any other tenant or occupier of the Building.

	Providing lighting to the Office Common Parts during Business Hours.

	Providing a lift service in the Office Common Parts during Business Hours.

	Providing a supply of hot and cold water to the lavatories in the Office Common Parts during Business Hours.

	Providing Heat and air conditioning to the Premises and the Office Common Parts at such times as the Landlord considers necessary or desirable using and within
the capacity of the existing Service Systems.

	Providing and installing in the main entrance to the office part of the Building and in such other places as the Landlord deems appropriate name-boards of such
design, size and character as the Landlord shall determine.

	Providing security guards for the Office Common Parts 24 hours a day seven days a week.

	Providing security systems for the Office Common Parts including, without limitation, alarm systems, internal telephone systems, closed circuit television systems,
and any traffic barriers, car park and traffic control and security systems.

	Procuring the disposal of refuse from the Office Common Parts including its collection and compaction and the provision of receptacles and plant and equipment for
these purposes.

	Cleaning the exterior canopy of the Building and providing and maintaining facilities and equipment for these purposes.

	Installing inspecting, maintaining, operating, repairing, and, as and when in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord necessary, renewing and replacing fire detectors,
alarms, fire prevention and fighting equipment and systems in the Office Common Parts.

	Providing and maintaining any furniture architectural or ornamental features or murals and any horticultural displays plants and flowers in the Office Common Parts.

	Providing one or more commissionaires or receptionists in the ground floor entrance hall of the office part of the Building

	Maintaining a house internal telephone system within the Office Common Parts.

                                                                   65

	Maintaining a house satellite system within the Office Common Parts.

	Providing musical and other entertainment in the ground floor entrance hall of the office part of the Building.

	Any other services relating to the office parts of the Building or any part of them which the Management Company from time to
time reasonably considers appropriate and which shall be in keeping with the principles of good estate management.

PART 3 : THE CHP
SERVICES

	Providing Heat to the Premises and maintaining, insuring, repairing and renewing (as necessary) and
keeping in good working order the Heat Installations provided that there shall be no obligation to provide the Heat to the Premises if the Heat Charge or any part of it remains unpaid seven days
from demand.

PART 4 : ITEMS OF
EXPENDITURE

	The payment of all existing and future rates (including water rates), taxes, duties, charges, assessments, impositions and outgoings
whatsoever payable in respect of all or any part of the Retained Parts.

	All payments whether direct or indirect to any local or other competent authority, person or body towards or in connection with the carrying out of all or any of the
Services.

	The cost of compliance with any Statute or any directions or requirements or recommendations of any competent authority or of any insurers of the
Building.

	The cost of abating any nuisance to the Building and the cost of removing any obstruction of the Building.

	The cost of taking any steps which the Landlord reasonably deems desirable or appropriate in making representations against or otherwise contesting the operation
of the provisions of any Statute or any directions or requirements of a competent authority relating to the Retained Parts.

	The cost of maintenance and inspection contracts for the repair and maintenance of the Services Systems and any other plant, equipment and machinery in the
Building and contracts for landscaping, planting and cultivation.

	The cost of inspecting, repairing, maintaining, renewing, replacing and, where appropriate, lighting, marking, decorating and cleaning roads, paths, yards, party walls,
fences or other structures or any other easements or services or other areas used or available to be used in common by all or any of the occupiers of the Building and the occupiers of any
Adjoining Premises.

	The cost of any policy or policies of insurance for insuring the Services Systems and any other plant, equipment and machinery in the Building against sudden and
unforeseen damage and breakdown.

                                                                   66

	The cost of any policy or policies of insurance for insuring against occupier's and third party liability insofar as the same relate to the delivery of the
Services.

	The cost of any policy or policies of insurance for insuring loss of Service Charge following an Insurance Event.

	The costs of preparing, submitting and settling any insurance claim relating to the Building not charged under clause 7.4(D).

	The cost of carpeting, re-carpeting or otherwise covering such parts of the Office Common Parts as the Landlord shall from time to time reasonably consider
desirable or appropriate.

	The cost of providing in the main entrance hall and lift lobbies of the Building desks, tables, chairs and other furniture and fittings.

	The cost of providing:

(A) floodlighting for the Building; and

(B) floral and other special or seasonal decorations for the office part of the Building; and

(C) any plants, shrubs, trees or garden or grassed areas in the Building.

	The cost of the fuel, oil, gas, electricity or other energy supplies not included in the Heat Charge or the Energy Charge and needed in running or operating any of the
Services or the Services Systems, except where provided for the exclusive use of a particular tenant or tenants.

	The cost of annual servicing and repair and maintenance charges in relation to the Heat Installations together with an element of cost
to be kept in a specific reserve fund for the future renewal and replacement of the Heat Installations.

	The cost of small power to the Premises and the other Lettable Areas.

	Such proportion of the CRC Net Costs as is fairly and reasonably attributable to the Building. 

	The cost of, where appropriate, toilet requisites and hygiene services in the lavatories in the Office Common Parts including the supply, maintenance, repair and
renewal of receptacles, plant and equipment for these purposes.

	The cost of providing tenants and occupiers of the office parts of the Building with any of a help desk, call centre and/or information centre service.

                                                                   67

	The cost of employing such staff and other personnel as the Landlord shall reasonably consider necessary or desirable for the carrying out of the Services or in
connection with any of the other Items of Expenditure set out in this schedule 7, including:

(A) the payment of fees, expenses, salaries, gratuities, bonuses, annuities, redundancy payments, pensions, pension contributions, social security and national insurance
contributions and other statutory levies or emoluments in respect of such staff or personnel; and

(B) the cost of providing uniforms, protective clothing, tools, appliances, materials and equipment for the proper performance of the duties of such staff or personnel;
and

(C) the cost of providing for such staff or personnel residential or other accommodation, including a management office, such cost to include (without limitation) all
outgoings and all utility charges and the cost of repairs, renewals and redecoration in respect of such accommodation and the actual or a fair and reasonable notional rent for such
accommodation.

	The fees, charges, expenses and commissions payable (on a full indemnity basis) to any solicitor, auditor, accountant, surveyor, valuer, architect, engineer,
managing agent or other professional whom the Landlord and/or the Management Company may from time to time employ in connection with the maintenance or management of the Building
including the cost of causing to be prepared and audited the Service Charge Statement.

	The Landlord's and/or the Management Company's own management and administration expenses and, where management of the Building is undertaken by the
Landlord, the Management Company or any Group Company of the Landlord or the Management Company, a sum equal to ten per centum of Service Charge Expenditure in the Accounting
Period by way of a management fee.

	The costs, on a full indemnity basis, of enforcing, or attempting to enforce:

(A) any term, covenant or condition or exercising, or attempting to exercise, any right of re-entry contained in any lease, underlease, licence or agreement relating to all
or any part of the Building unless for the non-payment of yearly rent; and

(B) any warranty or other obligation owed to the Landlord, whether in contract or in tort, relating to the design or construction of the Building less any sums actually
recovered by the Landlord from any third party on account of such costs.

	Interest, commission, banking charges and fees in respect of any moneys included in Service Charge Expenditure borrowed to finance the provision of any of the
Services or the Items of Expenditure.

	The cost of providing any of the Services outside the Business Hours where the Landlord reasonably considers it appropriate to do so having regard to the level of
occupation of the Building outside the Business Hours.

	The costs incurred by the Landlord in complying with the tenant covenants under the Superior Leases.

	The cost of any other works, facilities or services of any kind whatsoever which the Landlord reasonably considers necessary or desirable for the benefit of the
Building or any part of it or the tenants or occupiers of the Building or in the interests of good estate management.

                                                                   68

SCHEDULE 8 : PROVISIONS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE 25

The Further Lease entered into pursuant to clause 25 will be on the same terms and conditions as this Lease except that:

	It will not contain provisions equivalent to clause 2.4, clause 25 and this schedule 8
	The Term to be described at clause LR6 will be "5 years from and including the Term Commencement Date to and including  21 June   2031"
	The entry at clause LR9.1 shall be deleted and replaced with "None".
	The definition of "Break Date" shall be deleted from the Particulars.
	The definition of "Principal Rent" in the Particulars will be the Principal Rent payable under this Lease as at the expiry of the Term (or if payment has been suspended or
restricted the Principal Rent which would have been payable had there been no suspension or restriction) subject to review under clause 5.
	The definition of the "Rent Commencement Date" and the "Review Date" in the Particulars will be the Term Commencement Date.
	The definition of the "Term Commencement Date" in the Particulars will be 22 June  2026.
	The following new definition will be inserted into clause 1.1:

"Previous Lease":  The previous lease of the Premises dated  22 June 2016 between (1) AG Commercial St. I.B.V. (2) DXI Limited (3) 8x8 Inc. and (4) One
Commercial Street Management Company Limited.

	Paragraph (E) in the definition of "Notional Lease" in clause 5.1 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

"(E)for a term equal to five years commencing on the Review Date; and"

	Paragraph (G) in the definition of "Notional Lease" in clause 5.1 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

"(G)otherwise on the terms of this Lease, as at the Review Date, but excluding this clause 5, the amount of the Principal Rent payable and any rent free period or period of reduced
or concessionary rent, capital payment or any other inducement of whatever nature allowed or given to the Tenant at the commencement of or otherwise in relation to this Lease."

	Clause 20.2(D) shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

"(D)reinstate all Alterations made to the Premises and restore the Premises to the state and condition in which the Tenant under the Previous Lease first took possession of them
whether such works were carried out during or prior to the Term during the term of years granted by the Previous Lease by the Tenant, any undertenant or their respective predecessors in title
(whether of this Lease or the Previous Lease)"

                                                                   69

APPENDIX 1 : BASE BUILD SPECIFICATION

RELAY BUILDING

OUTLINE CATEGORY A SPECIFICATION

This specification has been prepared for the Landlord to outline the basebuild specification to the CAT A Office Fitout.

The specification is intended to be a description for the space for the purposes of a Lease. It is not intended to act as a detailed design or specification covering all
aspects of the refurbishment and should be used as a general description.

The occupation density of the floor plates is 1 person per 8m2 (175 people) which reflects the Shell & Core Outline Specification. 

1 FLOORING

	Part raised access floor system on 600 x 600mm accessible tiles left unfinished complete as part of the original basebuild
works.

2CEILINGS

	Exposed existing concrete ceiling soffit sealed with Keim protective sealant.

3LIGHTING

	The office lighting is complete with a completely programmable and addressable lighting control system c/w presence detection
and daylight dimming control.

	All Office luminaires utilise high frequency ballasts and low energy fluorescent and compact fluorescent or LED lamp sources in compliance with Part L of the Building
Regulations.

	The lighting installation is in align with CIBSE LG3 and LG7 code of practice taking cognisance of areas with computer use.

	Emergency lighting provision will be via self-contained battery backup luminaires with 3hrs battery backup. The emergency lighting installation will provide emergency
operation for 3 hours on mains or local circuit failure. The system shall be designed to BS5266 and EN1838. 

	Emergency test facilities are located within the floor distribution cupboard.

4WALL FINISHES

	Acoustic foam to the core walls around the office floor plates. 

	RIMEX metal mirror effect panelling with back painted glass tiles to floor 5 of the office floor plate around the perimeter of the building. This was not installed to floors
1 - 4

	Plasterboard and painted finish to all other areas around the office floor plate.

	Black painted skirting and architraves

                                                                   70

5DOORS

	New doors were installed to the 5th floor. All doors leading to the lobbies and circulation space have been painted with good quality paint.

	Metal `corten' surrounds each of the doors entering the office floor plates.

6SPRINKLER/FIRE PROTECTION

	Therefore the staircase sizes are 1335mm per stair for ST 2 and ST 3 and therefore capable of catering for a maximum occupancy
of 175 persons per floor on the office levels.

	The is a Fire Service Access route between ST2 and ST3 at level 05 and level 06

	Fire service access to the office levels are generally via ST2 and the fire fighting lift associated with this core. 

	Both ST2 and ST3 are provided with wet riser fire mains served by tanks and pumps in the basement.

	A fire management room is provided on ground level of the office entrance. 

	Smoke ventilation is provided to office stair lobbies

	ST2 is provided with natural ventilation via a 3msq cross-sectional area shaft. AOV's are provided from the shaft at each level to the lobby.

	The ventilation system is linked with the fire detection and alarm system within the lobbies. Upon activation of the lobby fire alarm and detection system, the damper
to the floor level affected opens and the damper to the top of the natural ventilation shaft opens to allow smoke ventilation from the lobby space. Dampers to all other floors are expected to close.
It is understood that the ventilation system is commissioned to the completed floors.

	The mechanical ventilation system to the ST3 lobby is provided with duty and standby smoke extract fans which are located on the 7th floor roof space.

	The mechanical extract shaft is located within the riser (Riser 32) which is next to the stair. A duct connects the extract riser to the ST3 lobby on each level. This
extract system along with the duct to the lobby at each level is fire rated ductworks. Fire dampers are fitted to the system at each floor level. 

	A system of sprinkler protection is installed throughout all areas.

	Sprinkler heads are provided to achieve a design density of Ordinary Hazard Group II, in accordance with the requirements of British
Standard 5306 Part 2 and the Landlord's insurance requirements.

	The base building fire alarm system provides coverage throughout all areas and shall comply with the requirements of British Standard
5839 Parts 1 LI standard.

	The base building public address system, which forms part of the fire alarm installation, provides the required audibility levels of
65dB(A) (or +5dB(A) above ambient noise levels) in all areas.

                                                                   71

7MECHANICAL

(A)               Ventilation

	Fresh air is supplied evenly around the office floor plate. Fresh air is delivered to the back of the fan coil units, with the termination stopping 150mm short of the
fan coil intake. Volume control dampers are provided to facilitate the full commissioning of the primary air system.

	Extract is provided by bell mouths terminating adjacent to each of the two ventilation risers. This doubles up as smoke clearance ventilation for the office floor
plates

	Fresh air is provided at a rate of 10l/s/person for the designed occupancy with an occupation utilization of 93%. 

(B)               Heating & Cooling

	Heating and cooling is provided by 4-pipe fan coils to the guide lines with in the British Council for Offices criteria. The fan coils are exposed and where possible
they shall be selected to meet the design duty when running at low speed.

	Perimeter FCUs are c/w heating and cooling coils. Internal FCU's are c/w cooling coils only.

	Each FCU is provided with local controller, isolation valves, flushing valves, flushing bypass, strainers, regulation/ commissioning valves and 3-port control valves
linked to the BMS.

	2no UPVC condensate drainage mains complete with branches from each FCU are taken to the central drainage.

	Energy meters are provided for each CHW and LTHW service. These are linked to the Landlords central billing system.

8ELECTRICAL

	No below floor power distribution is provided. There is sufficient power available from 2 statutory meters, one located in the north
riser and the other in the south riser. Each supply is 102kVA.

9STATUTORY SIGNS/TENANT SIGNS

	Internal signs shall comply with statutory requirements and the
landlords base build specification signage.

10 WINDOW COVERING

	N/A

11PASSENGER LIFT LOBBY

	Walls finished with mirror panelling with stainless steel trim

	Floor finished with stone tiling

	Recessed linear lighting with PIR control

	Access Control to office doors

                                                                   72

12DESIGN CRITERA

The design criteria for the base build mechanical services installations are as follows:-

a.External Design Conditions
Summer                        28°Cdb, 22°wb

Winter                          -4°C db, 100% saturated

Heat Rejection               34°C db, 21°C wb

b.Internal Comfort Conditions
Offices              Fan coil solution

Summer             24°C db + 2°C

Winter               21°C db + 2°C 

c.Fresh Air Quantities
10l/s/person for offices

d.Supply Air Quantity
Offices              10l/s/person for offices

e.Smoke Exhaust
Office                3 air changes on fire initiation with override control by the Fire Brigade to 6 air changes per hour mechanical exhaust.
System sized to exhaust the single largest floor.

f.Load Densities for Cooling
In addition to the solar and transmission loads the air conditioning equipment will be designed to meet the following internal loads.

Offices:             Lighting                                            12W/m2

g.Small Power
Offices at risers                              25 W/m2

h.Noise and Vibration Control
The base-building will be designed to achieve the following limiting noise levels, from engineering services installations, when the office
fit-out is installed.

AreaNoise level

Open plan officesNR38

                                                                   73

All noise levels quoted above are applicable when the base building plant is running under normal operation and greater than 1m from an
enclosing surface (floor, wall or ceiling).

The above figures do not include noise breakout from standby generators and other emergency plant.

The design criteria for the electrical services installations are as follows:-
Load Densities:

Lighting                                               12 watts/m2

Sockets and Small Power                       25 watts/m2

Lighting Levels:

	
Room or Area 
	
Illumination level (Lux) 
	
Uniformity

	
General Circulation Corridors 
	
200 
	
0.8

	
Stairs 
	
150 
	

	
WC's
	
 150 
	

	
Offices 
	
350-400 
	
0.8  at task plane/workstations

	
General Stores 
	
100 
	

	
Risers 
	
200 
	

	
Reception , Break out areas 
	
200-500
	
0.8

	
Reception Desk
	
300
	
0.8

	
Emergency Lighting 
	
BS5266
	
BS5266

13FIXTURES AND FITTINGS (5th floor only)

	New Belfast sinks

	New wall mounted 3 hole basin trap

	New soap dispensers, toilet brush and double toilet roll holders

	Back to wall WC, Ideal Standard

	Back to wall Urinal, Duravit

	Compact flushing devise

	New mirrors over each hand basin with pre-made cut mirrors to create window affect 

                                                                   74

	

EXECUTED AS A DEED on behalf of 

AG COMMERCIAL ST. I.B.V. a 

company incorporated in the Netherlands 

by Eurostrat Netherlands Manager, L.L.C.,    

Jean-Baptiste Garcia and Robert Tieskens

being persons who, in accordance with 

the laws of that territory, are acting 

under the authority of the company 

	

) 

) 

) 

) 

) 

) 

) 

) 

..................................

Name: Eurostrat Netherlands Manager, L.L.C., Director

..................................

Name: Jean-Baptiste Garcia, Director

..................................

Name: Robert Tieskens, Director

   

   

   

                                                                   75

EXECUTED as a deed by 

          DXI LIMITED acting by

, a director, in the 

          presence of:

Signature of witness:

          Name of witness:

          Address of witness:

          Occupation of witness:

EXECUTED as a deed by 

          8X8, INC. acting by

, an officer, in the 

          presence of:

Signature of witness:

          Name of witness:

          Address of witness:

          Occupation of witness:

EXECUTED as a deed by 

          ONE COMMERCIAL STREET 

          MANAGEMENT COMPANY 

          LIMITED acting by

..........................

          Director

, a director, in the 

          presence of:

Signature of witness:..........................

Name of witness:..........................

Address of witness:..........................

..........................

..........................

..........................

Occupation of witness: ..........................

                                                                   76

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00260-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00260-of-00352.parquet"}]]